Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Sports Skills 263 Results
1. Sime, W., (2002). Absorption, concentration, dissociation, desensitization, flow and neurofeedback: The essence of Tiger Woods performing optimally focused "In the zone". Winter Brain Meeting.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Absorption that allows an athlete, a surgeon, an astronaut or a musician to get into the Zone, i.e., to block out all distractions
unrelated to performance has been assessed by Tellegen, Csikszentmihalyi and others in self-report measures. It occurs relatively rarely at the very highest levels and is very elusive to achieve. Qualitatively speaking, it is the phenomena of being totally immersed in the activity with time moving slowly, senses being sharpened, but pain not recognized. Thoughts and images are clear and controllable while physical performance seems effortless and automatic. To measure this phenomenon accurately and completely is not possible in a dynamic state, but to shape it's appearance and to extend duration is essential in finite psychomotor skills like golf.
Physical preparation for performance is mentally grueling and fatiguing. If often results in trance-like, dis-associative and sometimes
dissociative states where depersonalization is a valuable technique to block out the intense suffering and pain associated with running, swimming or bicycling. The difficulty in sport is being able to switch in and out of full alertness for some strategic tasks while remaining in the dissociative state for endurance. The experience of flow, absorption and being in the zone is to harness power and ultimately unleash explosive yet finely titrated effort.
Concentration is the umbrella concept that also encompasses EMDR. The process of actively shifting eye focus from left to right while striving to hold an image or statement of emotionality is exceedingly difficult and ultimately beyond control. The combination of EMDR with neurofeedback is an innovative intervention that holds potential for greater impact in removing negative images of failed effort or in solidifying the recall of a successful effort. The neurofeedback serves to reinforce the development of greater mental stamina toward intensively focus comparable to zooming in a camera lens thus blocking out distractions and irrelevant stimuli. Enhanced quality of visualization is the desired outcome for the performance enhancement sport psychology consultant and his/her client.
Keywords: Absorption Concentration Dissociation Desensitization Flow Neurofeedback Performance Enhancement Tiger Woods The Zone
Accuracy Verified: No
2. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other
cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different
style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to
ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences,
it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome
difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of
resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing
rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.
Keywords: Culture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.
Keywords: Mental Retardation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Shapiro, F. (2004, September). Adaptive information processing: EMDR clinical applications and case conceptualizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Procesing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications, and to hone case conceptualization skills.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adolescents AIP Females Memories Cognitive Processes Family Systems Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.
Keywords: Creativity Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
6. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, September). Advanced applications of EMDR in child psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation is for therapists who have learned the basic EMDR protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. The presentation is focused on teaching therapists to use EMDR with specific childhood diagnoses or presenting problems, including children who are gifted and children who present with symptoms consistent with ADHD, dissociation, anxiety, attachment disorders, and sexual reactivity. Therapists will also learn how to use EMDR with regulatory issues in children including sleep issues and toilet training, as well as with behavioral issues, such as school phobias within AIP Theory.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive
behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive
behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of
maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive
behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who
have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing
comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including
traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping
adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors
needs to be carefully evaluated.
A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented
which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is
needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment
protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting
EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize
the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of
facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with
skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented
which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process.
EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated
processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming
barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work
should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in
processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong
with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as
to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process.
A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors
directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case
examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge
without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive
behaviors.
The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their
substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes
both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the
standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing
negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma.
Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a
primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse")
because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive
change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate
"ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use
disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both).
Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain
feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to
apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and
to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR
protocol were employed are presented in detail.
Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST): Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.
Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training Affect Tolerance AMST Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Leeds, A. (2012, June). Affect phobias in EMDR therapy - developing affect tolerance capacities in client and clinician [Fobias afectivas en la terapia con EMDR -‐ El desarrollo de habilidades para la tolerancia afectiva en el cliente y el clínico]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Affect phobias may also be described as psychodynamic or dissociative
defenses or as ego state conflicts. When patients present with affect phobias and
fail to progress with standard EMDR procedural interventions, EMDR therapy can
still be effective when clinicians have the conceptual knowledge and perceptual
skills to recognize these defenses, and when they can make use of a flexible set of
advanced EMDR procedural stills for responding. EMDR trained clinicians must
also confront their own affect phobias and psychodynamic conflicts as they
experience a range of responses to their work with patients including
countertransference and vicarious traumatization that can disrupt their ability to
make use of their conceptual, perceptual and procedural knowledge and skills.
This presentation provides an overview of concepts from Short-Term Dynamic
Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) and the Theory of Structural
Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) and
identifies procedures from Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b,
2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera and Gonzalez (2010), and Leeds
(2001), which clinicians can employ with cases involving affect phobia. We will
also consider how clinicians can be sensitive to and mitigate the potential impact
of their own affect phobias in their clinical work.
Las
fobias
al
afecto
también
se
pueden
describir
como
defensas
psicodinámicas,
disociativas
ó
como
conflictos
del
estado
del
yo.
Cuando
los
pacientes
presentan
fobias
al
afecto
y
no
avanzan
con
las
intervenciones
siguiendo
los
procedimientos
de
EMDR
habituales,
EMDR
aún
puede
ser
efectivo
cuando
los
clínicos
gozan
del
conocimiento
conceptual,
así
como
las
habilidades
perceptivas
para
reconocer
dichas
defensas
y
cuándo
puede
servirse
de
un
conjunto
flexible
de
habilidades
de
procedimiento
de
EMDR
para
responder
[ante
ellas].
Los
clínicos
formados
en
el
uso
de
EMDR
también
han
de
afrontar
sus
propias
fobias
y
conflictos
psicodinámicos
a
medida
que
pasen
por
una
variedad
de
respuestas
a
su
trabajo
con
pacientes,
incluidas
la
contra-‐transferencia
y
la
traumatización
indirecta
que
pueden
perturbar
su
capacidad
para
aprovechar
sus
conocimientos
y
habilidades
conceptuales,
perceptivos
y
habilidades.
La
presente
ponencia
ofrece
una
visión
del
conjunto
de
los
conceptos
de
Short-‐Term
Dynamic
Psychotherapy
(STDP:
McCullough,
1997,
2003)
[psicoterapia
dinámica
breve]
y
de
Theory
of
Structural
Dissociation
of
the
Personality
(TSDP:
van
der
Hart,
Nijenhuis
&
Steele,
2006)
[teoría
de
la
disociación
estructural
de
la
personalidad]
e
identifica
procedimientos
de
Knipe
(1999,
2003,
2005,
2008,
2009,
2010a,
2010b,
2010c),
Mosquera
(2010,
2011),
Mosquera
y
Gonzalez
(2010)
y
Leeds
(2001)
que
pueden
aplicar
los
clínicos
en
casos
de
fobia
al
afecto.
También
se
contemplará
cómo
los
clínicos
pueden
estar
sensibles
ante
el
impacto
potencial
de
sus
propias
fobias
al
afecto
y
cómo
mitigarlo
en
su
trabajo
clínico.
Keywords: Affect Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Oglesby, C. (1995). Alternative strategies for dealing with trauma and trauma in sport. Presentation at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology (AAASP), New Orleans, LA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Building upon the theory and research of Wolpe's Systematic Desensitization, a
new approach has been developed for reintegrating trawmrtic events and holds promise
for work with athletes at a variety of skill levels. Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing (EMDR) is a brief intervention which enhances the individual's own
in order to become perceived as insunnountable obstacles to the athlete's
progress. This presentation will provide a brief overview of Shapiro's EMDR
approach and describe the technique in genera1 terms. Qualification necessary to use
the approach will be described as well as ways to network with EMDR-trained
professionals. Two case studies of the use of this technique with athletes will be
presented.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Traumatology of grieving: conceptual, theoretical, and treatment foundations (pp. 153-182). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]
Keywords: Assessment Bereavement Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. Figley (Ed.), Death-Related Trauma: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatemnt Foundations. London: Taylor & Francis.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]
Keywords: Death Traumatic Incident Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Becker, C. B., Darius, E., & Schaumberg, K. (2007, December). An analog study of patient preferences for exposure versus alternative treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45(12), 2861-2873. DOI:10.1016/j.brat.2007.05.006 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Although several efficacious treatments for PTSD exist, these treatments are currently underutilized in clinical practice. To address this issue, research must better identify barriers to dissemination of these treatments. This study investigated patient preferences for PTSD treatment given a wide range of treatment options in an analog sample. 160 individuals, with varying degrees of trauma history, were asked to imagine themselves undergoing a trauma, developing PTSD, and seeking treatment. Participants evaluated 7 different treatment descriptions, which depicted treatment options that they might encounter in a clinical setting. Participants rated their most and least preferred treatments along with their personal reactions to and the perceived credibility of each treatment. Participants also completed a critical thinking skills questionnaire. Participants predominantly chose exposure or another variant of cognitive-behavioral therapy as their most preferred therapy, and those who chose exclusively empirically supported treatments evidenced higher critical thinking skills. The present study contributes to a growing literature indicating that patients may be more interested in these therapies than indicated by utilization rates. The problem of underutilization of empirically supported treatments for PTSD in clinical practice may be due to therapist factors. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Cognitive Processes Cognitive Therapy College Students Evidence Based Treatment Exposure Empirically Supported Treatment Patient Preference Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. de Jongh, A. (1999, June). The application of EMDR in the treatment of specific phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will 1) gain an understanding of when and how to apply the phobia protocol; and 2) learn to integrate the use of adaptive coping skills and exposure techniques into their EMDR work with phobic individuals.
Keywords: Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. De Divitiis, A. M. (2010, June). Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in delivery preparation in order to prevent post partum depression. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
According to the latest statistical evidence Post-Partum
Depression develops in approximately 13% of women
during the second -third month after childbirth with symptoms
lasting between few weeks and a year and risks of relapse.
Unlike the Baby Blues (affecting 70% of mothers, with onset in
the 3'd - 6" day after delivery and spontaneous recovery within
approximately two weeks), likely to be caused basically by hormone
modifications in the immediate aftermath of childbirth.
PPD development would seem to be solely determined by psychological
factors: the experience of childbirth, the surfacing of
unresolved problems in the relationships with attachment figures,
the change in the woman's role both in the social sphere and
within the couple relationship, the fear of being unable to adequately
attend to the new responsibilities (both in terms of skills
and of the ability to cope with the additional workioad), etc.
Consequently, women experiencing childbirth as a traumatic
experience are more destabilized by the event, and therefore.
at a higher risk of developing PPD.
Childbirth requires the deployment of many personal resources.
A woman in labor must be able to bear the pain, while having
to "push", 1.e. contrast the automatic antalgic reaction (which
would close the delivery channel) and "meeting the pain", during
the "expulsion" phase. Considering that "Peak Performances"
require moving out of a person's comfort zone and
stretching a person's boundaries, childbirth experience can be
rightfully considered a "Peak Performance".
This work describes RDI application times and modes during Delivery
Preparation in order to strengthen the different personal
resources needed by pregnant women to experience her childbirth
as an ego syntonic experience. In this sense, RDI associated
with EMDR can be considered an actual Primary Prevention intervention,
capable of teaching women something positive about
themselves, thus effectively offsetting the onset of PPD. Furthermore
the results of the application of this technique collected
during the Post-Partum phase on 48 women will be discussed.
Learning objectives:
1 identification of the specific issues predisposing the development
of PTSD due to Childbirth and of Post-Partum Depression.
2. Framing Childbirth as a Peak Performance.
3 Learning RDI (Resource Development and Installation) application
through Bilateral Stimuli during Delivery Preparation Courses.
Keywords: Delivery Preparation Female Issues Resource Development and Installation RDI Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. De Marco, A. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dell’EMDR nel lutto complicate-resoconto di un caso clinico [Application EMDR in complicated grief-reporting of clinical case]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’articolo si propone di evidenziare l’efficacia dell’EMDR nei casi di lutto, in particolare quando questo evento implica un trauma psicologico, che interferisce con il normale processo di elaborazione della perdita. Si delinea allora una situazione definita “lutto complicato o traumatico”, che determina una elaborazione complessa dell’evento luttuoso bloccandone la sua risoluzione.
Una perdita traumatica sconvolge le capacità di coping della persona e pregiudica le sue facoltà di adattamento, aumentando il disagio e complicando l’elaborazione dell’evento.
Laddove il lutto acuto è dominato dal trauma, l’impiego dell’EMDR facilita il passaggio il passaggio attraverso le varie fasi dell’elaborazione del lutto e favorisce l’assimilazione e l’adattamento alla perdita.
Ad illustrare quanto enunciato dal punto di vista teorico viene presentato un caso clinico, nel quale un lutto complicato, strettamente connesso a sintomi depressivi, viene sbloccato e ricondotto ad un normale processo di elaborazione grazie all’applicazione dell’EMDR su un solo targhet specifico.
La paziente, una giovane donna di 24 anni, presentava un disturbo distimico di gravità moderata, con spunti ansiosi. Non prendeva psicofarmaci. Qualche anno prima le era stato diagnosticato un disturbo di panico con agorafobia e aveva assunto Lexotan per un certo periodo.
Sono stati somministrati appositi test psicologici, all’inizio e al termine della terapia finalizzata all’elaborazione del lutto. Un altro re-test è stato fatto a distanza di un anno circa.
The article aims to highlight the effectiveness of EMDR in cases of bereavement, particularly when this event involves a psychological trauma, which interferes with the normal process of elaboration of the loss. It then outlines a situation as "complicated grief or traumatic, determines a complex event processing mournful blocking its resolution. A traumatic loss upsets the coping skills of the person and impairs his ability to adaptation, increasing the discomfort and complicating the development of the event.
where the mourning is dominated by acute trauma, the use EMDR facilitates the passage through the various stages of mourning and promotes assimilation and adaptation to loss.
Illustrate what is stated by the theoretical point of view is presented a clinical case in which a complicated grief, which is closely linked to depressive symptoms, is unlocked and returned to a normal process by applying EMDR on one target specific. The patient, a young woman of 24 years, had a dysthymic disorder of moderate severity, with ideas anxious. Not taking psychotropic drugs. A few years earlier had been diagnosed with panic disorder with agoraphobia and had taken Lexotan for a certain period. Appropriate psychological tests were administered at the beginning and end of therapy aimed elaboration of mourning. Another re-test was done at a distance of about one year.
Keywords: Complicated Grief Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Callipo, N. (2007-2008). Applicazioni del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici [Applications of counterfactual thinking in post-traumatic events]. Università degli Studi di Trieste, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Applicazione del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici
1. Introduzione.
Il pensiero controfattuale è un processo che esprime la capacità di riflettere e
modificare gli scenari di situazioni da cui sarebbero potuti conseguire esiti differenti
dalla realtà. Nella quotidianità è comune che un sentimento di rammarico – il regret -
venga provato a seguito di una discrepanza tra i risultati attesi e la realtà.
La ricerca e l’esperienza condivisa dicono che, rilevare le differenze tra ciò che
avremmo voluto e ciò che abbiamo ottenuto, ci aiuta a pianificare azioni più efficaci nel
futuro. Tuttavia, in condizioni di elevato stress, come quello provato dopo un evento
indesiderato e traumatico, possono fare irruzione nella coscienza pensieri nella forma
“Se solo non fossi stato così…”, oppure “Se solo non avessi fatto” o “Se avessi fatto
qualcosa per evitare tutto ciò”; nel tentativo di annullare (undoing) idealmente le
conseguenze dell’accaduto. Questi pensieri controfattuali possono sortire l’effetto di
amplificare emozioni e sentimenti come il biasimo, la rabbia, la vergogna e il senso di
colpa. L’attitudine alla generazione automatica, indiscriminata e non finalizzata
all’azione, di domande e affermazioni ricorsive, può condensarsi in un particolare stile
di pensiero – la ruminazione – che sottende sensazioni di disagio diffuse e invalidanti,
come gli stati depressivi, ansiosi ed ossessivi.
La prima parte di questo lavoro è occupato da una rassegna sulle ricerche che,
inizialmente, pongono il pensiero controfattuale nel quadro delle più generali abilità di
problem-solving; successivamente, la prospettiva funzionale, riesce a farne risaltare il
versante adattivo, rilevante ai fini della regolazione degli stati affettivi e, più in
generale, del mantenimento della salute mentale.
Nella seconda parte viene discusso il ruolo del pensiero controfattuale, in relazione al
suo versante disfunzionale , con particolare riguardo agli esiti post-traumatici.
Nella terza parte vengono analizzati i modelli di elaborazione delle informazioni che
riconoscono un ruolo al pensiero controfattuale nella regolazione dell’umore, citando
alcuni paradigmi psicoterapeutici, tra cui l’Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing (EMDR), ideato da Francine Shapiro.
Per verificare l’applicazione del pensiero controfattuale nel trattamento degli esiti
post-traumatici sono stati riportati due esempi: uno tratto dalla letteratura sull’EMDR e
un caso di disturbo ansioso-depressivo, in trattamento con psicoterapia a orientamento
cognitivo.
Application of counterfactual thinking in a post-traumatic results. Introduction. The counterfactual thinking is a process that expresses the ability to reflect and change scenarios of situations that could have been large gains different from reality. In everyday life it is common that a feeling of regret - the regret - should be tried as a result of a discrepancy between expected results and reality. The research says that shared experience, point out the differences between what we wanted and what we have achieved, helps us to plan more effective actions in the future. However, under conditions of high stress, such as that experienced after a traumatic event and unwanted, they can break into the conscious thoughts in the form "If only I had not been so ..." or "If only I had not done" or "If I had done something to avoid anything "in an attempt to cancel (undoing) the ideal of what the consequences. These counterfactual thoughts may have the effect of amplifying emotions and feelings such as blame, anger, shame and guilt. The ability to generate automatic, indiscriminate and not action-oriented questions and statements recursive, it can condense into a particular style of thinking - rumination - that underlies feelings of discomfort common and disabling, such as depression, anxiety and obsessive . The first part of this work is occupied by a review of the research that initially pose the counterfactual thinking in the context of more general skills of problem-solving, since then the functional perspective, can bring out the side adaptive, relevant to the regulation of affective states and, more generally, of maintaining mental health. The second part discussed the role of counterfactual thinking, in relation to its dysfunctional side, especially with regard to post-traumatic results. In the third part analyzes the patterns of information processing that recognize a role in regulating mood counterfactual thinking, citing some psychotherapeutic paradigms, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), developed by Francine Shapiro. To test the application of counterfactual thinking in the treatment of post-traumatic results were two examples: one taken from the literature on EMDR and a case of anxiety-depressive disorder, treatment with cognitive-oriented psychotherapy.
Keywords: Counterfactual Thinking Informational Processing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Lecoq, J. C. (2007, June). Applied EMDR in sport in the World Equestrian Games of Aachen. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I had only three weeks to work. Only 15 days to restore self-confidence, serenity, and determination for a woman rider. One week during the competition.
The woman rider had a bad experience during the Olympic Games of Athens. She had the best and the worst during the Olympic Games, The best was a bronze model and 0 mistakes during the jump.
The worst, she made several mistakes and fell down with her horse.
I felt during the first meeting a big atmosphere of fragility (no self confidence, no serenity, big stress) because there were difficulties with her ex-husband and family (her boys).
We had a short time and I decided to use an arrangement with mental imagery and specific EMDR exercise, like butterfly exercise, to install peak performance.
I used Sam Foster’s protocol for the sport and butterfly technique. We began with a SUD=8 and VOC=6 and the SUD finished at 2. This combination gave an amazing result because she rode well and she had a good result in these world equestrian games of AAchen (semi final: 23 place).
The specific exercise in EMDR (butterfly exercise) permits a peal performance in a few times. I gave you an example about the power of EMDR in sport.
Keywords: Aachen Horses Poster Sports World Equestrian Games
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.
Keywords: Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2007, September). The art of EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. While consultation is not the same as supervision, there is some overlap and legal implications, with the ultimate goal being to ensure competent treatment of clients. This workshop will address methods to examine and assess the applicants’ developmental abilities regarding quality consultation, case conceptualization skills, as well as knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment model. This workshop also seeks to build upon the skills that current consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies in effectively assessing applicants in the above areas.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An
inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural
processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and
preparation to deal with emotional material, an
interweave (which elicits other neural networks),
or resource installation (which initiates a state
change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an
interpersonal process) - though often useful - can
interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and
unique resolution and integration. The therapist
can enable the client to process intense material
utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the
client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition
of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally
intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence,
more important than the mechanics of bilateral
stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR
is a "dance" between client and therapist with the
therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation
even more than through verbal communication.
This workshop will focus on dealing with intense
affect with EMDR (the dance) and include
discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for
dealing with intense material, both before and during
EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence
and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral
manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral
stimulation to the client in order to maximize
processing, and control intensity of processing. 4)
Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal
interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to
illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be
aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Cohn, L. (1994, March). Art therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
New modes of thempy, before they are completely tried and defined,
challenge the professional status quo as well as our individual skills and
preconceptions. Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR)presents just such a challenge: the method, barely three years old, has
shown excellent results in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD), but is as yet incompletely documented, and the reasons for its
success remain open to speculation (Shapiro, 1989). Even so, only by
continually exploring new techniques can art therapists adjust to advances
in mental health care.
Keywords: Art Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single
trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking
patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal,
abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which
PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a
large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes
in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our
clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in
the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis
is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex
trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource
installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are
taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will
review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions
and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual
relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity
of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s
progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors,
and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT
for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will
explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and
applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Oglesby, C. (1999). Assessment of the appropriateness of EMDR use in sport interventions. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Initial research indicated extraordinary efficacy ofEMDR
interventions with various forms of trauma. As more and more
research was undertaken, often by researchers removed from
clinical EMDR experience, contradictions emerged and
EMDR samples sometimes fared no better than others. Recent
research with an athletic population indicated that possible
"individual differences" characteristics of potential subjects
mayaccount for some of the previous contradictory results.
Possible screening devices will be discussed in the context of a successful case study report.
Keywords: Athletes Interventions Sports Psychology Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Lendl, J. (2006, September). Back to basics: The positive template & affect bridge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful
treatment method is the eight phase, three prong
protocol. The robustness of the method is not
achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed.
Dr. Shapiro's recent trainings have emphasized
the need for the future template. The future
template is a combination of the use of imagery,
and used successfully in sport performance and health recovery, and bi-lateral stimulation. Back
fo Basics: The Positive Template is a workshop to remind participants of the importance of
positive templates in complete and incomplete
EMDR protocol sessions. The future template,
which addresses avoidance, adaptation, and
actualization, is a part of phase eight/reevaluation
and the third prong (future) of the EMDR
protocol. Preliminary research will be presented
that suggests positive templates are useful before
phase eight. Participants will learn to integrate
the positive template to help maintain skills
between sessions, encourage new skills and
practice ways to handle resistance. There will be
supervised practica for using the future template
and ESP (End Session Positive) template.
Additionally, this workshop has been expanded
to go over the Affect Bridge and practice will be
included.
Keywords: Affect Bridge Future Template Positive Template
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. EMDRIA Standards and Training Committee. (2002, June). Becoming an independent EMDRIA approved instructor. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is designed for Approved Instructors in EMDR or those who plan to pursue this designation. Becoming an Approved Instructor in EMDR requires an even greater commitment to mastery of EMDR's processes, procedures, theories, and research. It also entails the skills necessary to impart this information, to untrained clinicians, in such a way, that allows them to responsibly practice. This workshop will cover the steps necessary to become an EMDRIA Approved Instructor. It will offer ideas for getting started, for meeting the new EMDRIA criteria, for developing instructional tools and for managing the course structure to maximizing success. A question and answer session will be available to help with specific questions.
Keywords: Approved Instructor Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Maxwell, E. (1994). Beyond deficiency motivation: EMDR, peak experiences, and transcendence. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 6.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When I initially heard of EMDR, I was
totally uninterested. I was happy with
my repertoire of skills and simply could
not be bothered. However, the reports
of colleagues who had the training
were so exceptional I thought it was
time to have a look. I still was not
prepared to waste my precious hours
on a training, and my way around this
was to experience EMDR myself. I
had genuine difficulties isolating a
problem since I was at a particularly
fulfilling stage of my life; however, I
finally settled on a minor irritation
that I was having with one of my
clients. That session, plus two others,
moved me very rapidly to a decision to
move into private practice, to implementing
that decision, and to currently
experiencing a life of ease, gentle pacing,
and tranquility that I had no previous vision
of being possible. In fact,
there has been a total life style
transformation. I now work only three
days a week, have time to follow the
joyous explorations of my toddler for
hours, am writing a novel, and am experiencing considerable relaxation
of the Puritan work ethic. The starting
point had been a life style I had
previously perceived as fulfilling and
perfectly for me.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy.
In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.
This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives:
•Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients.
•Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples.
•Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR.
•Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples.
•Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self.
•EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization.
•EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.
Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Watson, C., Davis, R., & Heimonen, T. (2010, September/October). Bridging the gap between clinical practice and research with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a trauma treatment with origins date back to 1987 by its founder Francine Shapiro. EMDR is based on an information-processing model and is being used to treat traumatic symptoms. Clinicians in many types of clinical settings worldwide employ EMDR for a board range of treatment issues including grief, depression, anxiety, physical and sexual abuse. Although there is evidence that EMDR is effective in treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, more research needs to be done in clinical practice settings to contribute to the much needed research base about effective of EMDR with other issues.
Therapists working with trauma are often dealing with high caseloads and administrative requirements of the agencies that they work with. The clinicians involved in this research have observed that there have been some encouraging developments in their community which have served to build bridges for clinicians to increase their confidence in the world of research. In 2007, an intiative called Research Skills Development Program offering mentoring in research skills development was offered in association with Lakehead University and Northern Ontario School of Medicine, Ontario, Canada.
Completion of this 1-year program proved to be the first step in make the transition from clinician to researcher. From there, partnerships were formed within the agency and community. With the support of our agency, researchers were able to gain access to testing and computer software that made data collection and data anaylsis possible with least disruption to our clinical services.
The clinicians were encouraged by previous results from our first study in 2007 (n=6) to continue systematic data collection with more clients (n=6). Approval for this recent study was received by the Ethics Committee of St. Joseph's Care Group.
Keywords: Poster Practice Research Research Skills Development Program
Accuracy Verified: No
32. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that
resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved
out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist
Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish
the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation
and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements
through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy
movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the
context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks
to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings.
Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for
creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They
believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the
problem situation for which the client originally sought help.
These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will
experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems
presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem,
the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has
attempted to resolve the problem thus far.
Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward
changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is
most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will
engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation.
A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They
collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to
handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than
his/her past.
The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being
handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce
clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors
surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills.
A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in
her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist.
This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists
find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of
perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it
is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative
solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction.
In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.
Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Korn, D., Rozelle D., & Weir, J. (2005, June). Bringing EMDR research into practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Determining Readiness for
EMDR Trauma Processing:
• Neither diagnosis nor trauma history determine
readiness for trauma processing or response to
treatment
• Though studies often exclude subjects with
suicidal ideation, dissociation or substance abuse,
EMDR may be used with these clients if other
readiness criteria (e.g., affect tolerance, coping
skills, safe embodiment) are met
• Key point - Capacity to tolerate and modulate
arousal v. absolute level of arousal [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.
Keywords: Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. van Ommeren-Van der Meer, T. B. (2009). Casus 16 – Er gaan stukjes van de nare foto af: Het bijzondere verwerkingsproces van een 9-jarige jongen met PDD-NOS [Case 16 – Pieces of the negative picture disappear: The special processing of a 9-year old boy with PDD-NAO]. In H. K. Hornsveld & S. Berendsen (Eds.), Casusboek EMDR, 25 voorbeelden uit de praktijk (1st Ed.), (pp. 243-250). Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-7358-1_24.
Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Tobias wordt door zijn moeder aangemeld bij de GGZ, afdeling Jeugd, omdat hij zowel thuis als op school (buitengewoon onderwijs gespecialiseerd in autistische kinderen) steeds vaker blokkeert. Dan krijgt hij zelfs de meest eenvoudige vaardigheden, zoals zijn veters strikken, niet meer voor elkaar.
Tobias by his mother reported to the Mental Health, Department of Youth, because he is at home and at school (special education specializing in autistic children) are increasingly blocking. Then he gets even the simplest skills, like tying shoelaces are no longer together.
Keywords: PDD-NAO
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Grand, D. (2007, Novembro). Cenas temidas no EMDR [Scenes feared in EMDR]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neste workshop, David Grand vai mostrar como
você pode se conectar com seus clientes mais
difíceis, resistentes e não respondentes ao EMDR, usando a modalidade de role-play. David convida
a todos que tragam seus casos mais desafiadores.
Ele fará as demonstrações com você no papel de
cliente e ele no papel de terapeuta. Trata-se uma
das formas mais divertidas e poderosas de
aprimorar suas habilidades com EMDR.
In this workshop, David Grand will show how
you can connect with their customers more
tough, durable and non-respondents to the EMDR method of using the role-play. David invites
everyone to bring their most challenging cases.
He will make statements to you in the role of
customer and he in the role of therapist. It is a
of the most fun and powerful
hone your skills with EMDR.
Keywords: Role-Playing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Royle, L. (2012, October). The challenges of integrating EMDR basic training into the context of your own practice. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The workshop will look at common challenges faced by therapists when beginning the task of integrating EMDR basic training into their existing practice and skills. It will discuss how therapists often react to this challenge (including ‘giving up’ and ‘protocol drift’) and offer suggestions on how to overcome this. The specific difficulties encountered by those with different theoretical backgrounds will be highlighted. This workshop is aimed at novice EMDR therapists who may be feeling apprehensive about applying their new skills.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Burns, M. (2009, March). The challenges of using EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children/adolescents. Symposium conducted the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper discusses the use of EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking
children and adolescents using clinical case examples and shares the clinician’s own personal
reflections on the lessons learned.
The challenges of working with this group are explored drawing on research findings as well
as the clinician’s experiences. Language and cultural differences can act as barriers to
assessing children’s mental health or their suitability for EMDR even though in some cases it
might be thought of as the treatment of choice. Working with Interpreters is often a key
feature of this therapeutic work. The challenges are discussed with direct reference to The
British Psychology Society’s recently published guidelines. There are ongoing stresses for these children and young people associated with displacement and their current situation in
the UK. These stresses contribute to their psychological distress.
Fear of being sent home or mistrust may also prevent them from providing full and accurate
information hindering the clinician from obtaining an accurate assessment or trauma
history.
The importance of good therapeutic skills as the basis of an EMDR Approach is highlighted
drawing upon a host of interventions (behavioural, physical, cognitive and motivational) to
support clients in building up their own resources so that they can manage their distress
between sessions. The therapist’s role in managing expressed emotions within the sessions is examined, not forgetting the impact of this on the therapist.
Keywords: Adolescents Asylum Children Refugees Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Grant, M. (2009). Change your brain, change your pain: Based on EMDR. Wyong, NSW: Wyong Medical Centre.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Chronic physical or emotional pain is one of the most overwhelming problems we ever have to face. It often fails to respond to normally effective treatments such as medication and counselling. Time doesn't heal some wounds, and sufferers are faced with a desperate need for solutions. One of the most exciting developments in treating pain is increased understanding of the brain's role in pain, based on new brain-scanning technology. Scientists have also discovered that the brain is malleable and capable of being changed throughout the lifespan. This enlightening and practical book explains how physical and emotional pain are stored in the brain, and what causes pain to persist after the injury or trauma that initially triggered it. The book describes five core sensory-emotional skills for reversing the brain activity that maintains pain. These are brought to life through over 20 brain-smart activities designed to neutralize the sensoryemotional reactions that maintain pain. Benefits include learning: how to understand and benefit from your emotions, even negative ones; how to cope with the effects of physical injury with less distress; how to reduce painful feelings and sensations without really trying; how to change negative emotional patterns; how to feel better about yourself; how to conquer stress; how to protect yourself against future episodes of pain; sleep better - naturally; and much more! Includes brain stimulation CD.
Keywords: Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Adler-Tapia, R. L. (2012, June). Child psychotherapy: Integrating developmental theory into clinical practice. New York, NY: Spring Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Children are often diagnosed and medicated without the consideration that their symptoms may actually be a healthy response to stressful life events. This integrative guide for mental health practitioners who work with children underscores the importance of considering the etiology of a child's symptoms within a developmental framework before making a diagnosis. By providing advanced training and skills for working with children, the book guides the therapist, step-by-step, through assessment, case conceptualization, and treatment with a focus on the tenets of child development and a consideration of the impact of distressing life events.
The book first addresses child development and the evolution of child psychotherapy from the perspectives of numerous disciplines, including recent findings in neurodevelopment trauma, attachment, and neurobiology. It discusses assessment measures, the impact of divorce and the forensic/legal environment on clinical practice, recommendations for HIPAA compliance, evidence-based best practices for treating children, and the requirements for an integrated treatment approach. Woven throughout are indications for case conceptualization including consideration of a child's complete environment. This book provides an integrative approach to child psychotherapy from the perspective of healthy development through the lens of EMDR.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Figley, C. R., Carbonnell, J., Boscarino, J., & Chang, J. (1999, Summer). A clinical demonstration model for assessing the effectiveness of therapeutic interventions: An expanded clinical trials methodology. International Journal of Emergency Mental Health, 1(Part 3), 155-164 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Both the evaluation of current treatment interventions and the innovation of new ones are vital to maintaining a viable clinical profession. In the field of psychology, however, often there are serious challenges facing these worthy endeavors. This article reviews several problems and limitations with evaluation of innovative psychotherapy treatments in clinical practice and suggests a strategy to overcome these. This approach, which we term the "Systematic Clinical Demonstration Methodology" (SCDM), combines the skills of clinicians with the rigors of clinical trials methods and permits concurrent clinical innovation and scientific evaluation. Here we suggest that the SCDM approach allows innovative practitioners to assist in the development and evaluation of promising clinical interventions by working closely with clinical trials researchers. This allows innovative clinicians to demonstrate new treatment approaches, while clinical researchers evaluate the effectiveness and safety of these interventions using clinical trials methods that incorporate qualitative data. We suggest that this approach can result in the development and evaluation of new treatment innovations more quickly and cost effectively than traditionally has been the case. In addition, some limitations commonly associated with clinical trials, such as not treating patients typically found in clinical practice, failing to treat patients with multiple disorders, or treating patients from different cultural or sociodemographic groups, can be more effectively addressed. Our experiences with using this method to evaluate different psychotherapy treatments for PTSD are presented as an example of this new approach. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy Methodology Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Outcomes Research Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Controlled Trials RCT Systematic Clinical Demonstration Methodology TFT Thought Field Therapy TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Grygo, M. (2008). A clinical trial of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy with conduct disordered adolescent boys. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba Canada. AAT NR35998.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Conduct disorder and other disruptive behaviours represent the most common form of child and adolescent psychopathology referred for treatment by parents and teachers. A number of studies conducted in university research centers have demonstrated meaningful treatment gains especially with preadolescents with conduct disorder. However, studies conducted with older adolescents, especially those with comorbid disorders, as well as studies conducted in community-based clinic settings have been mostly unsuccessful. With a few exceptions, the extant treatments have not made any special effort to address effects of traumatic experiences that research has demonstrated to be very prevalent among conduct disordered children and adolescents. Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) therapy developed by Ricky Greenwald (2002a) has shown promising results in his open trial study. MASTR is a complex treatment approach which addresses several key areas crucial in treating adolescents with conduct disorder: development/enhancement of motivation for treatment, development/enhancement of anger management and problem solving skills, and treatment of past trauma effects. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of MASTR therapy with 10 adolescent boys with conduct disorder placed in a residential treatment facility. This study combined single subject and qualitative research methodologies to offer a detailed look into the implementation and evaluation of MASTR therapy in a residential treatment centre. Foremost, this study demonstrates the formidable problems of conducting treatment research with this population in this kind of setting. Results suggested that, when it can be sufficiently implemented, MASTR therapy may be an effective treatment method producing some meaningful changes in behaviour for some severely disturbed adolescents with conduct problem. The study also demonstrated that EMDR may be an effective treatment for reducing emotional distress associated with past trauma in adolescents with conduct disorder. Factors associated with the limited success of this treatment study are identified and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 69(1-A), 2008, pp. 109.
Keywords: Adolescent Boys Clinical Trial Conduct Disorder Empirical Study MASTR Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution Therapy Quantitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Morris, A. (2009, October). Closing incomplete sessions. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores ways of managing sessions when there isn't time to complete the eight stage protocol, and considers the factors that make closure rather than resolution the appropriate response, timing, skills and techniques to bring down high levels of affect and contain unresolved material. This presentation includes discussion and experiential practice.
Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Oglesby, C., Foster, S., Sime, W., North, T. C., & Lendl, J. (1999). Collaborative partnerships in sport psychology applications of EMDR: High performance and trauma recovery. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians who have grown to accept and support Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) have
begun to diversify the types of trauma populations in which
EMDR is applied. Psychology of injury researchers have
suggested, on the basis of their work, that an exciting new
direction in sport psychology is the implementation and
testing of new interventions aimed at modifying risk factors
for athletes. It has also been suggested that extant models of
athletic injury may reasonably be re-interpreted to account for
other traumatic stressors, additional to injury, in sport. EMDR
may reduce stress and trauma reactions in sport participants.
EMDR, however, has been developed as a clinical tool and
there are limitations on entrance to training in the approach.
There are myriad ways, however, in which valuable
partnerships may be formed, among psychologists, sport
psychologists, and educational sport psychology consultants
to use EMDR on behalf of clients. This symposium, within its
five sections, will report on many such collaborations. The
following are the objectives of the session: (a) provide a brief
overview of the research and theory base for EMDR and its
use in performance work; (b) describe case reports of
successful partnerships among EMDR-trained sport
psychologists and variably trained professionals from sport
performance.
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Sports Psychology Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously
during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges.
Opportunities:
¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to
provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training
protocols for the individual athlete.
¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a
neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training.
¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback
based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance.
¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and
gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning
strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed
relaxation, etc.
Challenges:
¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in
the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages
arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing
(frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed.
¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker,
video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is
difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems
and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on
creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and
playback will be reported.
Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be
discussed, with a focus on archery where:
¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers.
¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural
activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a
range of time-spans and skills.
¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns
during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level,
but not simply as a function of score.
Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement
are discussed.
Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Davidson, M. M., Potter, A. E., & Wesselmann, R. D. (2010, September/October). Comparing dialectical behavior therapy to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A phase-based trauma treatment pilot project. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Internation Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
• More effective methods to treat adults affected by childhood trauma, disturbed attachments, and adulthood intimate partner violence are critically needed.
• Research utilizing Adult Attachment Interview (Hess, 1999) had found that when mothers hold unresolved memories of loss or childhood abuse, their children typically develop disorganized attachments and that when mothers are poorly or inconsistently responsive to their children’s cues, the children typically develop insecure attachments • A history of abuse by childhood attachment figures also increases the likelihood of becoming involved in domestic violence experiences in adulthood for both sexes (Gratz, 2009; Henderson et al, 2005) • Previous research has demonstrated that attachment experiences influence emotional functioning and vulnerability to emotion dysregulation (Critchheld et al, 2008). Numerous empirical works demonstrate the relationship between attachment style and aggression (e. g., Sockwaite et al, 2002; Henderson et al, 2005)
• Emotion dysregulation and problems with impulse control and unstable relationships are common symptoms associated with childhood abuse by attachment figures (Fonagy, 1997; Bhipman et al, 2005)
• Funding more effective treatment for problems in functioning related to childhood trauma and attachment issues is imperative. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two approaches that have proven beneficial in treating individuals with borderline personality disorders and trauma, respectively, and thus, could prove beneficial as treatment modalities for childhood trauma and attachment problems
• The current investigation is a pilot study aimed at evaluating a treatment protocol aimed at effectively assisting adults with a history of childhood abuse and/or intimate partner violence to regulate emotions, resolve childhood trauma, move toward a healthier and more secure attachment status, and reduce the risk of repeating the cycle of violence and child abuse. More specifically, this pilot project evaluated a phase-based trauma treatment program that included (a) a year-long, initial emotion regulation skills-training phases utilizing DBT and (b) a second phase of either 10 individual sessions of EMDR or 10 individual session focused on further DBT skills training
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD
(C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do
not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The
presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of
C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization,
learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR
treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives:
• Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery
• Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment
• Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization
• Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after
EMDR treatment
• Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD
(C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do
not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The
presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of
C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization,
learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR
treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives:
• Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery
• Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment
• Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization
• Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after
EMDR treatment
• Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Seubert, A. (2008, June). The courage to feel. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Courage to Feel is a practical and inspiring workshop, designed to give the clinician
the experience and tools for guiding our clients into emotional expertise. It is not
simply a theoretical training that gives you a lot of information about emotions.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our
clients, there is need of a map, a hands-on, practical guide that clients can refer to
when learning how to do this “feelings thing”. To meet this need, this master
workshop offers four concrete steps to emotional competence and seven skills in
achieving them, all tried and proven over 25 of clinical practice. This training also
teaches the use of such a trauma-informed phase model, as well as bilateral
stimulation to reinforce learning, through video clips and in vivo practice. Andrew’s
first book, The Courage to Feel: a Practical Guide to the Power and Freedom of
Emotional Honesty, will be available through Infinity Publishing by May of 2008.
Keywords: Emotions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Greenwald, R. (1999, June). A crisis response approach for suicidal teens. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In my current position as a clinical psychologist based on a hlgh school campus, I often have occasion to meet with adolescents
who are suicidal, some having recently made suicidal gestures. Despite the complexity and variety of presenting issues, there is
a set of more or less standardized steps to follow to ensure safety as well as appropriate follow-up. In this paper I present a case
to illustrate how I have integrated EMDR. This approach to teen suicidality uses several elements of the motivation - anger -
trauma therapy (MATT) approach for teens with conduct disorder, which has been described in detail elsewhere (Greenwald
1998, 1999, in press).
In addition to the standard crisis interventions - letting the client talk out the problem, contracting for safety, implementing
supports and restrictions as needed, and arranging follow-up - I have been using EMDR in various ways to enhance present
safety as well as subsequent resiliency. For example: the Choices Have Consequences intervention (cited above, described
below) helps the client to realize that self-harm leads to a poor outcome despite its initial appeal; the standard use of EMDR can
help to reduce vulnerability to the type of stressor which led to the current crisis; and the Future Movies intervention (also cited
above and described below) helps to create a more hopeful long-term perspective while enhancing coping skills.
Keywords: Adolescents Poster Suicide Teens
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation.
À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)
It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions
Keywords: Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience
a steep learning curve when they attempt to
implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal
evidence points to a significant reduction in
numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually
utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis.
EMDR is much more complex than it first
appears; therefore those who use the protocol only
occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective
application. There is a need, even for experienced
EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured
way of identifying the decisions we make both
before and as we proceed through the protocol. A
growing body of researcs exists to back up our
decisions; however, some choices are made based
on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will
include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise);
why we sharpen our phone skills up-front;
rationales for tightening up intake and case
conceptualization; decisions during preparation,
safe place, resource development, assessment,
desensitization, and later phases of the protocol;
decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and
decisions regarding time management and flexing
a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged
to sharpen their thinking about how they do
EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying
the most important "forks in the road" before and
during treatment; be able to name at least one
decision point pertaining to each of the Phases
covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Schad, N. J. (2011, März). Der soldat, das einstztrauma und EMDR: Spezielle aspekte der behandlung [The soldier, trauma and EMDR: Specific aspects of treatment]. EMDRIA-Day in Berlin, Deutschland.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Der Vortrag basiert auf den Erfahrungen einer psychologischen Psychotherapeutin in der Arbeit mit in Auslandseinsätzen traumatisierten deutschen Soldaten. Es werden sowohl die speziellen Stressoren im Einsatz als auch die charakterlichen Merkmale der Soldaten in der Patientenrolle sowie die notwendigen Fähigkeiten auf therapeutischer Seite ausgeführt. Auslösende und die PTBS aufrechterhaltende Bedingungen im Rahmen der Institution deutsche Bundeswehr sowie die daraus resultierenden Probleme und Vorteile werden benannt. Der Vortrag beschäftigt sich mit diversen Herausforderungen, die sich hier im Rahmen einer EMDR-Behandlung stellen wie etwa der Frage nach Schuld und Scham.
The talk is based on the experience of a psychological psychotherapist in working with traumatized German soldiers in missions abroad. There are both the specific stressors in the use of character and the characteristics of the soldiers in the patient role and the skills necessary to run therapeutic side. Triggering and sustaining conditions of PTSD within the institution German Bundeswehr and the resulting benefits and problems are identified. The lecture will deal with various challenges that arise here as part of an EMDR treatment such as the question of guilt and shame.
Keywords: German Bundeswehr Soldier Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]
Keywords: Addiction Addictions Behavior Problems Behavior Therapy Bilateral Stimulation Compulsions Craving Desensitization of Triggers Dysfunctional Behaviors Information Processing Model Psychotherapeutic Techniques Urge Reduction Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Lovelle, C. (2008, February). Dialectical behavioral therapy and EMDR for adolescents in residential treatment: A practical and theoretical perspective. Residential Treatment For Children and Youth, 23(1&2), 27–43. doi:10.1300/J007v23n01_03.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
DBT and EMDR as primary treatment methods provide effective treatment for adolescents in the setting of group residential facilities. Regardless of the intensity of the pathology or the length of stay, these compatible treatment methods provide adolescents with significant decreases in the impact of traumatic memories and increased emotional regulation skills. The methods have been empirically supported as effective in a variety of settings and with a diversity of age groups. They are well suited for use in a residential environment and can constitute a powerful, effective method for dealing with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, Bipolar Disorder, Major Depression, Anxiety Disorders, Substance Abuse, and other disorders.
Keywords: Adolescent Residential Treatment DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Nakahara, T., Nakahara, K., Uehara, M., Koyama, K., Li, K., Harada, T., Yasuhara, D., Taguchi, H., Kojima, S., Sagiyama, K., & Inui, A. (2007, May). Effect of juggling therapy on anxiety disorders in female patients. doi:doi:10.1186/1751-0759-1-10. BioPsychoSocial Medicine, 1(10), 1-4.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Aims: The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of juggling therapy for anxiety disorder
patients.
Design and Method: Subjects were 17 female outpatients who met the DSM-IV diagnostic
criteria for anxiety disorders. Subjects were treated with standard psychotherapy, medication and
counseling for 6 months. For the last 3 months of treatment, subjects were randomized into either
a non-juggling group (n = 9) or a juggling therapy group (juggling group: n = 8). The juggling group
gradually acquired juggling skills by practicing juggling beanbags (otedama in Japan) with both hands.
The therapeutic effect was evaluated using scores of psychological testing (STAI: State and Trate
Anxiety Inventry, POMS: Profile of Mood Status) and of ADL (FAI: Franchay Activity Index)
collected before treatment, 3 months after treatment (before juggling therapy), and at the end of
both treatments.
Results: After 6 months, an analysis of variance revealed that scores on the state anxiety, trait
anxiety subscales of STAI and tension-anxiety (T-A) score of POMS were significantly lower in the
juggling group than in the non-juggling group (p < 0.01). Depression, anger-hostility scores of POMS
were improved more than non-jugglers. In the juggling group, activity scores on the vigor subscale
of POMS and FAI score were significantly higher than those in the non juggling group (p < 0.01).
Other mood scores of POMS did not differ between the two groups.
Conclusion: These findings suggest that juggling therapy may be effective for the treatment of
anxiety disorders.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Females
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Colosetti, S. D. (1997). Effect of relaxation training alone and relaxation training paired with EMDR on incarcerated, battered women. University of Georgia, Athens, GA. AAT 9735499.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Every 15 seconds a woman is beaten in the U.S. Many of these women meet the criteria for a diagnosis of PTSD. Some of them end up in prison. This study used a sample of 5 battered women, incarcerated in a Southern state prison, to test the efficacy of EMDR following relaxation training. A-B-C designs were used to compare baseline assessment (Phase A), relaxation training utilizing Miller and Halpern's audiotaped instructions (Phase B), and EMDR (Phase C). A script of the worst memory of abuse was dictated by each woman during assessment and read by the researcher at the beginning of each session. The Beck Anxiety Inventory and Impact of Events Scale, measuring avoidant behaviors and intrusive thoughts, were given weekly, following the script. Client logs and measures of SUDS and VOC were taken during the EMDR phase only. A one-month follow-up was used. ANOVAs with repeated measures comparing 2 groups, E1 (n = 2) that received 3 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR and E2 (n = 3) that received 6 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR, were not statistically significant. Avoidant Behaviors scores approached significance for the main effect of treatment (F = .06) and for the group by phase interaction (F = .08). Due to intrasubject variability, blocking was used to identify trends. A distinct improvement was noted in Subject 2 -- Anxiety dropped from 36.5 to 8.0, Intrusive Thoughts 27.5 to 11.0, and Avoidant Behaviors 27.0 to 24.0. Individually graphed data and calculated mean scores by phase permit further investigation. Implications for future research include appropriate screening for dissociation and development of coping skills prior to EMDR, decreasing avoidance by having the woman read her script aloud prior to completing outcome measures, monitoring medication during treatment, continuing treatment as needed, using additional outcome measures, and employing a multi-baseline design across subjects, matching women on several demographic variables. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 58(6-A), Dec 1997, pp. 2392.
Keywords: Adults Americans Battery Empirical Study Females Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prison Inmates PTSD Relaxation Therapy Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. Mei, Y. (2005, June). The effect of stabilization in helping patients to regain security and control. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Before using the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) to
treat an undergraduate student who suffered from AIDS-Hypochondrias is
(caused by a traumatic event), stabilization was applied on this patient. It
was found that stabilization was very significant in helping the patient to
regain security. control and self-management for his emotion. This result was
strongly supported by results of two subsequent Post Traumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) undergraduate student patients. Moreover, compared to
former Panic Attack cases. which were treated by using supportive skills?
stabilization was found to be far more effective than supportive skills. It was
profoundly effective in helping the patient to be empowered to manage
their own emotions and to regain security and control.
Keywords: AIDS China Hypochondria Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Johnson, M. D. (1996, June). Effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing on test anxiety. Texas Woman's University, Denton, TX. AAT 9716578.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced (Shapiro, 1989) as a treatment for traumatic memories. The necessity of eye movements or another activating stimuli in the treatment of test anxiety and the effectiveness of EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety is the focus of the present study. This study screened subjects for adequate study skills and the presence of test anxiety, and randomly assigned 45 subjects to one of three conditions: EMDR, EMDR with no activating stimuli (EMDR/NS; eyes closed), and a no treatment control group. The results of this study suggest that EMDR and EMDR/NS were equally effective in treating test anxiety and more effective than the control group as measured by the Achievement Anxiety Test, the Emotionality scale of the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI), the Subjective Units of Disturbance scale, and the Validity of Cognition scale. Test performance and the Worry Scale of the TAI were not significantly impacted by the treatment groups. The inability of EMDR to impact the worry scale or the test performance of subjects in this study draws into question the usefulness of EMDR as a treatment of test anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 57(12-B), Jun 1997, pp. 7730.
Keywords: Empirical Study Test Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]
Keywords: Conduct Problems Protective Services Psychotherapeutic Techniques Trauma Treatment Outcome Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"The
Body
Keeps
the
Score"
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996)
Clients
who
suffer
from
traumatic
stress
are
often
afraid
about
disturbing
and
painful
somatic
symptoms.
Structural
dissociation
alienates
from
body
reactions.
Nevertheless
it
is
the
body
that
"holds"
the
discomfort
and
painful
memory
of
neglect
and
violence.
Trauma
Survivors
tend
to
perceive
their
body
as
hostile.
They
suffer
from
Alexithymia
deficiency
of
interpreting
the
meaning
of
body
reactions
and
muscle
activation.
Trauma
Survivors
are
easily
irritated
and
tend
to
react
with
rage
on
very
slight
provocations
and
freeze
when
they
are
frustrated.
Even
minor
problems
cause
fear
and
helplessness.
The
Polyvagal
Theory
(S.
Porges
2010)
proves
the
neurological
aspect
of
behavioral
patterns.
Neurozeption
describes
how
we
perceive
others
in
a
neurological
way.
Certain
behavioral
patterns
are
established
through
life
experiences.
This
research
underlines
Francine
Shapiros
AIP
model
and
confirms
the
importance
of
a
body
orientated
approach.
We
know
that
experiencing
the
effect
of
eye
movement
-‐
and
other
bilateral
stimulation,
is
a
gentle
and
powerful
way
to
bring
the
voice
of
the
body
into
the
therapeutic
space.
EMDR
helps
to
integrate
cognitive,
emotional
and
body
sensations.
Using
movement
and
body
orientated
skills
in
difficult
processes
f.e.
with
severely
and/or
early
traumatised
clients,
even
enhances
the
effect
of
EMDR.
Content
of
the
Workshop:
Short
theoretical
implications:
Polyvagal
Theory
and
AIP
Model.
Stabilisation
and
Movement
-‐
creating
a
„Moving
Container“:
How
to
create
a
safe
place
of
relationship
and
attachment
between
the
client
and
the
therapist
by
using
movement
and
bodywork?
The
body
is
the
most
powerful
resource:
How
to
use
movement
to
access
this
power.
How
to
recognize
and
dissolve
dissociation
by
body
and
movement
awareness.
EMDR
Process
and
Movement
:
How
to
widen
the
„window
of
tolerance“
by
using
movement
and
deeper
levels
of
body
consciousness.
Adding
a
fourth
level
of
attention
to
the
EMDR
process:
cognition
-‐
emotion
-‐
body
scan
-‐
movement.
Movement
and
reflex
feedback
as
interweave
technique
in
difficult
processes.
Methods
used
in
the
Workshop:
Lecture
and
Video
Presentation.
Practical
demonstration
of
some
movement
orientated
techniques.
Discussion.
“El
cuerpo
lleva
la
cuenta”
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996),
los
clientes
que
sufren
de
estrés
traumático
tienen
a
menudo
miedo
sobre
sus
síntomas
somáticos
preocupantes
y
dolorosos.
La
disociación
estructural
aliena
las
reacciones
del
cuerpo,
sin
embargo
es
el
cuerpo
el
que
“mantiene”
el
disconfort
y
el
recuerdo
doloroso
de
negligencia
y
violencia.
Los
supervivientes
a
un
trauma
suelen
tender
a
percibir
su
propio
cuerpo
como
hostil.
Sufren
de
Alexitimia,
deficiencias
para
interpretar
las
señales
corporales
y
la
activación
muscular.
Son
fácilmente
irritables
y
tienden
a
reaccionar
con
ira,
con
leves
provocaciones
y
se
“congelan”
cuando
están
frustrados.
Incluso
problemas
de
fuerza
menor
causan
miedo
y
desesperanza.
La
teoría
polivagal
(S.
Porges
2010)
prueba
el
aspecto
neurológico
de
los
patrones
de
comportamiento.
La
neurocepción
describe
cómo
percibimos
a
los
otros
desde
un
punto
de
vista
neurológico.
Ciertos
patrones
de
comportamiento
están
establecidos
a
través
de
las
experiencias
vitales.
Esta
investigación
se
basa
en
el
modelo
SPIA
de
Francine
Shapiro
y
confirma
la
importancia
del
enfoque
orientado
al
cuerpo.
Sabemos
que
al
experimentar
el
efecto
de
la
estimulación
ocular,
y
otras
estimulaciones
bilaterales,
es
un
camino
poderoso
y
suave
para
traer
la
voz
del
cuerpo
dentro
del
espacio
terapéutico.
EMDR
facilita
la
integración
cognitiva
emocional
y
corporal.
Usar
el
movimiento
y
las
habilidades
orientadas
al
cuerpo
en
los
procesos
difíciles
con
clientes
traumatizados,
severamente
o
tempranamente,
incluso
amplifica
el
efecto
terapéutico
del
EMDR
Contenido
del
taller:
Implicaciones
teóricas:
Teoría
Polivagal
y
modelo
SPIA
Estabilización
y
movimiento
–
Crear
un
“recipiente
de
movimiento”
Cómo
crear
un
lugar
seguro
en
relación
al
apego
entre
el
cliente
y
el
terapeuta
usando
movimiento
y
trabajo
corporal.
El
cuerpo
es
el
recurso
más
poderoso:
Cómo
usar
el
movimiento
para
acceder
a
este
poder.
Cómo
reconocer
y
disolver
la
disociación
en
el
cuerpo
y
la
atención
al
movimiento.
Procesamiento
EMDR
y
movimiento:
Cómo
ampliar
la
"ventana
de
tolerancia"
mediante
el
uso
de
movimientos
y
niveles
más
profundos
de
la
conciencia
del
cuerpo.
Añadir
un
4
nivel
de
atención
al
procesamiento
de
EMDR:
Cognición-‐Emoción-‐
Escáner
corporal-‐movimiento.
Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Zaro, S. (2013, March 12). EMDR - PEP in the sports arena. Examiner.com. Retrieved from http://www.examiner.com/article/emdr-pep-the-sports-arena 3/21/2013.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
JL: Over the past twenty years Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) has progressed from a technique that could be used within existing psychotherapy modalities such as psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive behavioral, integrative approaches to address symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR has evolved into a distinct integrative approach based upon Francine Shapiro’s, Ph.D., Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) which suggests that EMDR address dysfunctionally stored memory networks. Essentially this means that everything we learn whether it enters our sensory receptors through vision, hearing, taste, touch or smell becomes stored in our brains in a way it can be retrieved when needed and it adapts according to other information coming in through the environment. Learning occurs when new associations are created with material already stored in a persons memory. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Interview Jennifer Lendl Performance Enhancement Sports
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Veerbeek, V. (2010, April). EMDR als onderdeel forensische behandeling van ernstig gewelddadig gedrag: Vreemde eend in de bijt? [EMDR as part forensic examination of serious violent behavior: Odd man out?]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Op ernstig geweld, zeker met fatale afloop, wordt door de maatschappij doorgaans geschokt gereageerd en is het resultaat van berechting vooral “leedtoevoeging” in de vorm van lange gevangenisstraffen. De behandeling in de gevangenis of op een forensische polikliniek staat overwegend in het teken van het nemen van verantwoording voor het gewelddadig gedrag en het aanleren van agressieregulatievaardigheden. Wanneer de cliënt zich als slachtoffer opstelt, roept dit bij de therapeut irritatie op; de cliënt merkt dit, neemt nog meer afstand van de therapeut, hetgeen vervolgens weer machteloosheid, veroordeling en boosheid oproept bij de therapeut. De cliënt als slachtoffer is taboe. In dat licht wordt door collega’s weleens met de nodige scepsis aangekeken tegen EMDR-behandeling van cliënten met ernstig gewelddadig gedrag.
In deze workshop komen allereerst de vooroordelen van de therapeut zelf tegen de cliënt en de vooroordelen van de collega’s tegen traumaverwerking bij ernstig gewelddadige cliënten aan bod. Deze vooroordelen staan goede diagnostiek en een goede therapeutische relatie in de weg. Gepropageerd wordt om “neutraal” en grondig onderzoek te doen, net als bij een vliegtuigcrash. Aan de hand van casuïstiek komen enkele sleutelvragen aan bod, die in het zoekproces en de casusconceptualisatie van groot belang zijn.
Wanneer onverwerkte ervaringen vanuit het verleden een rol spelen bij (de mate van) agressie, zullen deze ervaringen middels EMDR bewerkt dienen te worden. Hoe groter de vroeger ervaren machteloosheid en vernedering, hoe groter de kans dat de huidig ervaren agressieve lading niet zal verminderen met uitsluitend agressieregulatietherapie. Geïllustreerd wordt hoe EMDR, al of niet met recripting als CI, daarnaast een rol kan spelen bij actuele wraak-drang en wraakgedachten. Videomateriaal wordt ter illustratie gebruikt.
Stil wordt gestaan bij de waarde van het inoefenen van de veilige plek en hoe agitatie in en buiten de therapiezitting hierdoor snel kan verminderen.
Tot slot zal worden ingegaan op het experimenteel gebruik van EMDR als hulpmiddel bij delictanalyse – en delictverwerking, onder meer bij een cliënt die zijn kind ombracht. Bij huiselijk geweld is meer dan eens sprake van een lange opmaat tot het delict, waarbij een opstapeling van door de cliënt als vernedering ervaren incidenten (waarbij al of niet vroegere ervaringen worden getriggerd) kan leiden tot excessief en soms fataal geweld. Het middels EMDR “linksom” bewerken van deze “opmaat”-ervaringen, gevolgd door het middels EMDR doorwerken van het delict zelf, kunnen leiden tot het werkelijk voelen en nemen van de eigen verantwoordelijkheid, bieden een heldere inkijk in de emotionele dynamiek van de cliënt ten tijde van het plegen van het delict en bieden derhalve belangrijke aangrijpingspunten voor een gedetailleerd terugvalpreventieplan.
On serious violence, especially fatal, is usually shocked by the company responded and is mainly the result of trial "added suffering" in the form of long prison sentences. The treatment in prison or a forensic clinic is mainly devoted to taking responsibility for violent behavior and learning of aggression control skills. If the client is a victim accounts, the therapist calls this irritation, the client notes it, takes more from the therapist, which in turn helplessness, anger and condemnation by calling the therapist. The client as a victim is taboo. In that light by colleagues ever looked with skepticism at EMDR treatment of clients with serious violent behavior.
In this workshop, first, the prejudices of the therapist himself against the client and the prejudices of colleagues from trauma in severely violent clients addressed. These prejudices are good diagnosis and a good therapeutic relationship in the road. Propagated to "neutral" and thorough research, as in a plane crash. Using case studies reveal some key questions addressed, in the search process and casusconceptualisatie of great importance.
When unprocessed experiences from the past play a role (level of) aggression, these experiences need to be modified through EMDR. The greater the past experience powerlessness and humiliation, the more likely that the current load experienced aggressive not only will reduce aggression regulation therapy. Illustrated how EMDR, with or without recripting as CI, also play a role in current-craving revenge and revenge. Video material will be used for illustration.
Silence is paid to the value of practicing safe and how the agitation inside and outside the therapy session this rapid decrease.
Finally, consider the experimental use of EMDR as a tool for crime analysis - and crime scene processing, including in a client that his child killed. In domestic violence more than once been a long prelude to the offense, with an accumulation of humiliation experienced by the client as incidents (with or without previous experience are triggered) can lead to excessive and sometimes lethal force. It means EMDR "left" edit this "overture" experience, followed by using EMDR to work on the crime itself, can lead to really feel and take personal responsibility, provide a clear insight into the emotional dynamics of the client at the time of committing the offense and therefore provide important leads for a detailed relapse prevention plan.
Keywords: Forensic Examination Violent Behavior
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the
reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To
understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is
important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing
(AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the
application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can
use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with
references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists
will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through
developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.
Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming
emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR
therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement
to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to
The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the
person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but
rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent
and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial
reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate
the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure
the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that
suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity
The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory
language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool
enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative
reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and
setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space
is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility
of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the
drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what
has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description
without interpretation. The represented Image is treated
as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is
asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and
on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral
stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked
what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person
now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person
may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of
image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets,
an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource.
The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological
conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials,
particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation.
Learning objectives:
1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through
graphic and video material of clinical cases.
2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value
to the classical protocol.
3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions,
with particular emphasis on dissociative states.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR
protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising
it, and creates a bridge of communication between the
self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return
to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Dissociation Drawing Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Stowasser, J. E. (2007). EMDR and family therapy in the treatment of domestic violence. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 243-261). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Domestic violence (DV) has been defined as a pattern of verbal and physical behavior intended to control another person in an existing, former, or desired intimate relationship (Walker, 1979). Although DV is not confined to heterosexual unions or to males as abusers, this chapter focuses on heterosexual males as offenders because 85% of DV is directed by men toward women (Rennison & Welchans, 2000). This chapter discusses integrating Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1995, 2001) and Therapy of Social Action (TSA) in the treatment of couples with domestic violence issues. A case example is then presented. The concluding discussion asserts that TSA and EMDR appear to be a powerful combination for the treatment of DV. When used with carefully selected couples, EMDR and TSA can repair the damage caused to the victims, strengthen relationships, inhibit abuser and victim tendencies in children, eliminate posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), increase personal responsibility, develop nonviolent conflict resolution skills, and increase empathy for self and others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Domestic Violence Family Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Therapy of Social Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Allon, M. (2004, June). EMDR and right-left brain stimulation. Poster presented at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will present and demonstrate my clinical observations, that clients while talking or working on their issues will sometime lean their heads toward the right or the left shoulder. People with their heads to the left will tend to report thoughts, while those with their heads to the right will tend to report images and emotions. In therapy, utilizing EMDR when clients have leaned their heads to one side, I have tended to reinforce the side they put their head to, utilizing eye movements in a diagonal direction, corresponding to the direction the head was learning. That is. If the person learned their head to the left, I would move my hand from their upper left side to their lower right side, and opposite if their heads leaned to the right. The outcome of these diagonal eye movements was that it tended to evoke cognitions when the head leaned to the left or images when the head learned to the right. Client who come to therapy requesting help concerning fears, tend to lean their heads to the rights, corresponding with imagery and imagination of the right hemisphere and may lack the cognitive, logical thinking skills (left hemisphere) to counter their fears. With these clients, when the SUDS do not drop significantly, I will tend to do body-cognitive interweave. I request that the client lean their head on the left and work over and over with cirrsponding sets of diangonal eye movmenets. The left hemisphere of the brain is thus stimulated and logical thinking (PC) is enhanced. This helps to counter and balance out the negative images, and the fear decreased.
Through care histories and examples, I would like to accomplish the following objectives: 1) to make the participants more aware of body language and it its significance in therapy; 2) to examine the differences between the right and left hemispheres of the brain and their relationship to therapy with EMDR; and 3) to introduce and demonstrate a body-cognitive interweave in EMDR therapy with client s who request help with fears.
Keywords: Body-Cognitive Interweave Left-Right Brain Hemispheres of the Brain Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Nadel, B. (2009, April 18). EMDR and somatic experiencing: A body-expansive integration. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore EMDR and Somatic Experiencing as different paradigms for trauma resolution. It will then demonstrate that the two modalities overlap in several ways thar can facilitate a powerful integration that enhances the effectiveness of EMDR. Participants will gain somatic tools for application to their own EMDR work. They will learn how these somatic skills can deepen the Safe Place; Sensation and the Body Scan in the 8-phase Protocol.
Keywords: Somatic Experiencing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Sabey, A. (2011, October). EMDR and strengthening children's emotional resilience. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores the assessment and development of emotional resilience within children. Case examples are used to demonstrate how EMDR may be integrated into child-centred therapy sessions, helping children to find ways to manage strong emotions, gain emotional literacy, fully utilise social networks and develop a toolbox of skills and resources. The resilience of the parent/carer, and that of the therapist is considered. The importance of attunement and collaboration within the therapeutic relationship is highlighted. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Children Emotional Resilience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2002, June). EMDR and TANF recipients: Effective home-based interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a result of domestic violence many women who receive Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) develop PTSD and other anxiety disorders. Participants in this workshop will: 1) be able to summarize the components of a home-based model of EMDR that helps TANF recipients resolve domestic abuse and reduce barriers to employment; 2) evaluate the advantages of using EMDR in a strength based, solution oriented,
capitated, home-based model; and 3) via a powerpoint presentation and videos, identify five specific skills that support the successful use of
EMDR in home-based settings.
Keywords: Home-based Interventions Needy Families TANF
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. McGuinness, D. P., & Charest, L. (2003, September). EMDR and the integrated diagnostic treatment of somatic complaints. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is designed to prepare clinicians to utilize EMDR in an integrated diagnostic approach with medical professionals for clients with somatic complaints. Participants will learn to explain the principles of emotional pain manifesting itself in physical symptoms and
the use of EMDR to facilitate a breakthrough in the patient's overall treatment. Participants will practice a working protocol for treating somatic complaints with EMDR. Participants will also learn cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the movement of somatic complaints. Participants will have the opponunity to practice these skills in small groups.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Somatic Complaints
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Rogers, S. M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment of combat trauma. Keynote at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
From the first days of its development, EMDR was applied to those suffering from the trauma of war.
As EMDR pioneers worked with this population, the unique features of resolving combat-related PTSD
rapidly became clear. These features included not only the complexity of the symptoms, issues, and
the involvement of other life experiences but included also the particular skills, knowledge, and
attitudes needed of the clinician. In the area of research, while the population of survivors with warrelated
PTSD steadily and unfortunately has grown, research has not kept pace. This has resulted not
only in deficits of the scientific support for EMDR but has contributed to challenges to the use of
EMDR with combat veterans.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part II: The positive template. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Requisite for the workshop is Part I. Part II will include a historical review of the Positive Template in psychotherapy and sport. Preliminary research suggests that the Positive Template is useful before the installation phase to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills, and practice ways to handle resistance between sessions. Shapiro’s latest trainings emphasize the Future Template to address avoidance, adaptation and actualization as the third prong and installation and reevaluation phases. Simulation videos will demonstrate the decision making process and the use of resources in the Future Template and the End Session Positive (ESP) Template. There will be supervised practica utilizing the Positive Template to complete processing of the Part I Touchstone Event.
Keywords: Positive Template
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Leuning, E., & Mevissen, L. (2012, March). EMDR bij autisme spectrum stoornis en EMDR bij verstandelijke beperking, zoek de verschillen [Complex PTSD: Evaluation of treatment by patient and therapist - "You need not type during EMDR."]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Het herkennen van PTSS bij mensen met een stoornis in het autisme spectrum (ASS), of een verstandelijke beperking (VB) kan moeilijk zijn. Bij ASS, maar ook bij VB wordt de ontregeling vaak gezien als iets dat bij de stoornis hoort, en niet gekoppeld aan bijzondere ervaringen. De client zelf beschikt doorgaans over onvoldoende vaardigheden om te overzien dat zijn veranderde stemming/gedrag te maken heeft met een bepaalde gebeurtenis, en kan dit vervolgens doorgaans ook onvoldoende helder communiceren vanwege zijn beperkingen op dit gebied.
Vanuit de literatuur is door diverse mensen aangegeven dat kinderen en jongeren met een stoornis in het autistisch spectrum een grotere kans hebben om getraumatiseerd te raken in verband met hun kwetsbaarheid en onvermogen om te communiceren. Dit geldt ook voor volwassenen met ASS en/of een verstandelijke beperking. PTSS wordt in deze beide groepen dan ook zelden onderkend.
Wanneer PTSS wel onderkend wordt, is er nagenoeg niets geschreven over eventuele behandeling ervan bij de bovengenoemde doelgroepen. Als EMDR wordt toegepast bij mensen met een verstandelijke beperking wordt het protocol afgestemd op de ontwikkelingsleeftijd. Ook voor volwassenen met een VB wordt het protocol voor kinderen gebruikt. Als er dan nog stagnaties zijn in de EMDR behandeling is de kans groot dat er sprake is van comorbide problemen. ASS is zo'n veel voorkomende comorbide stoornis bij deze populatie: in ongeveer 50% van de gevallen gaat ASS samen gaat met een VB. In de workshop worden beelden getoond van verschillen tussen cliënten met ASS en cliënten met VB. Tevens wordt aandacht besteed aan het kiezen van de juiste afleidende stimulus bij cliënten met ASS. Daarnaast wordt een video getoond van een cliënt waar naar aanleiding van het verloop van de EMDR behandeling de diagnose wordt aangescherpt.
Recognizing PTSD in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), or an intellectual disability (VB) can be difficult. In ASD, but also in VB is the disruption often seen as something that belongs to the disorder, and not linked to specific experiences. The client will generally have insufficient skills to oversee his altered mood / behavior has to do with a certain event, and can then usually also lack clear communication because of its limitations in this area.
From the literature by several people indicated that children and young people with autistic spectrum disorder are more likely to become traumatized because of their vulnerability and inability to communicate. This also applies to adults with ASD and / or intellectual disabilities. PTSD in these two groups therefore rarely recognized.
When PTSD is recognized, there is almost nothing written about its possible treatment with the above target groups. If EMDR is used in people with intellectual disabilities is the protocol tailored to the developmental age. For adults with VB is the protocol used for children. If there are still blockages in the EMDR treatment is likely that there is comorbid problems. ASD is a common comorbid disorder in this population in about 50% of ASD cases coincides with a VB. In the workshop are shown images of differences between clients with ASD and clients with VB. Attention is also paid to choosing the right distracting stimulus in clients with ASD. In addition, a video display of a client, which as a result of the course of the treatment EMDR the diagnosis is tightened.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Forester, D. (2012, October). EMDR boot camp: An intensive refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is an EMDR skills refresher course designed for clinicians who have not had the ability to practice EMDR. This course is perfect for the clinician who took some time off following EMDR Basic Training or would like some hands on practice to build technical competence. Build confidence through a review of the AIP model, the 8 phases and 3 prong approach followed by a guided practicum experience to build your proficiency. With EMDR Boot Camp you will get a personal, hands on experience that will activate your Adaptive Information Processing and allow you to practice EMDR with confidence.
Keywords: Refresher Course
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of
resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma
with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment
disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect
affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship
Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the
adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable
and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients
come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of
themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result
of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing
caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource
that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship,
which this process provides. This procedure is particularly
useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children,
who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically
was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their
pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their
child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this
type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR
clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing.
Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to
utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able
to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the
resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of
that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience
of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop
will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles
and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process
will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live
demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy,
Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic
phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free
downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book.
EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^
sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their
skills in this useful resourcing approach.
Learning objectives: Participants will be able to
- Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to
clients with attachment disorders
-List 15 possible sources of resource figures
- List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more
intensely connected to a resource.
- Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside
observer role and are instead overly identifying with their
child selves.
Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Lichti, J. (2005, September). The EMDR consultation process: Findings & fine-tuning the future. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will review the development of EMDR consultation in order
to improve future consultation practices. The differences and similarities
between therapy, consultation and consultation-of-consultation will be
highlighted. The literature on effective clinical supervision/consultation
will be reviewed. New research on the practices of North American Approved
Consultants will be presented. Current activities and innovation in EMDR
consultation will be critiqued using case examples. All this information will
be used to identify the knowledge and skills needed for competent consultation.
Participants will then analyze their own practices using all the above
information and discuss in small groups how they plan to improve their consultation services.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Freitag, W., & Swan, S. (2011, August). EMDR consultation: Comprehensive review and new directions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Consultation is vital to the proper training and professional development of EMDR therapist. Effective consultation can aid in the development of highly competent EMDR therapists, which is always the goal. Although the general goals of consultation may seems clear; the purpose, role and implementation of consultation at the differing credential levels have caused confusion for many EMDRIA Approved Consultants (AC). This workshop will provide both comprehensive reviews of clinical and administrative issues of the four types of consultation conducted by Approved Consultants. The clinical review includes, but is not limited to, the level of competency, skills and capabilities that should be demonstrated at each credential level. The administrative review will include organizational strategies for effective evaluation and record-keeping, as well as the formal documentation requirements of EMDRIA.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, M.A. (2006, September). EMDR consultation: How to be the best you can be. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants
include the provision of consultation and
supervision. However, consultation is not the same
as supervision. One of the areas of consultation is to provide guidance and training to applicants for EMDRIA Certification. There is support in the
literature that EMDR works best in a therapeutic
relationship, when fidelity to the method is
maintained. This workshop will address ways to
examine and assess the expectations of the
consultants-in-training, such as skills with case
conceptualization, knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment method, and
ablllty to assert that knowledge with confidence.
This workshop hopes to build upon the skills that
consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies. It is hoped that it will assist EMDRIA-Certification Applicants and Consultants-in-Training in determining their needs for consultaton.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Faretta, E. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e trattamento del disturbo di panico: Un protocollo specifico integrato [EMDR and the treatment of panic disorder: a specific protocol integrated]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Nell’ambito degli studi sulle possibilità terapeutiche offerte dall’impiego dell’EMDR in diverse patologie si sono evidenziate delle prospettive interessanti in relazione agli interventi sui disturbi di panico, in grado di fornire una possibilità di lavoro terapeutico globale e completo focalizzato non solo sulla condizione presente e quindi sulla gestione degli attacchi di panico, ma anche sulla comprensione dinamica di tale disturbo.
Facendo riferimento alla letteratura e ai resoconti che hanno supportato l’efficacia del-l’EMDR per il trattamento del Disturbo d’Attacchi di Panico (Feske & Goldstein, 1997; Goldstein & Feske, 1994; Nadler, 1996; Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) e dalla analisi ed applicazione del protocollo Whisman, è stato messo a punto, attraverso la personale pratica clinica, un preciso protocollo integrato per il trattamento del disturbo di panico secondo l’approccio EMDR.
Facendo riferimento a questi studi, l’ipotesi di intervento dalla quale sono partita è quella che si basa sulla considerazione che l’attacco di panico può rappresentare un evento traumatico di per sé e che quindi il lavoro clinico proposto, seguendo l’approccio EMDR, risulta efficace per desensibilizzare e rielaborare convinzioni, comportamenti, emozioni e sensazioni corporee legate alla paura fino a farle rientrare all’interno di un sistema di convinzioni più gestibile, in modo da permettere al paziente di affrontare le situazioni precedentemente temute e quindi evitate.
In questo workshop vengono presentate le modalità di applicazione nel disturbo panico in relazione alle 8 fasi di lavoro dell’approccio EMDR, facendo riferimento ai casi clinici e quindi ad esperienze pratiche derivanti dal personale lavoro terapeutico.
Da qui vengono fornite le linee per la strutturazione dello specifico piano di trattamento, secondo un protocollo di lavoro, appositamente elaborato, che conduce, passo dopo passo, all’applicazione del progetto terapeutico
Il protocollo di lavoro presentato si focalizza sulla rielaborazione degli attacchi di panico e quindi sulla gestione della sintomatologia caratteristica di questo disturbo.
Fornisce, inoltre, indicazioni per effettuare un’attenta anamnesi, che permetta al terapeuta di predisporre un adeguato piano di individuazione e di rielaborazione dei fattori precipitanti e delle esperienze traumatiche pregresse della storia personale del paziente sin dall’infanzia, che possono costituire la base emotiva sulla quale può instaurarsi, in particolari circostanze, la sintomatologia del DAP.
Si tratta di eventi stressanti o traumatici del passato sui quali risulta indispensabile un lavoro di rielaborazione al fine di far emergere possibili capacità e comportamenti adattivi per realizzare azioni future adeguate.
As part of studies into the therapeutic possibilities offered by EMDR in various diseases appear to be any interesting perspectives in relation to work on problems panic, unable to provide an opportunity for therapeutic work focused global and comprehensive not only on the present condition and therefore on the management of panic attacks, but also on dynamic understanding of the disorder. Referring to the literature and the reports that have supported the efficacy of on-l'EMDR the treatment of Panic Disorder (FESK & Goldstein, 1997; FESK & Goldstein, 1994; Nadler, 1996, Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) and the analysis and application of the protocol Whisman, was developed through personal clinical practice, a precise protocol integrated treatment of panic disorder according to the EMDR approach. Referring to these studies, the possibility of intervention from which game is the one based on the consideration that the panic attack can be a traumatic event in itself and therefore the clinical work proposed, following the approach EMDR, is effective for desensitize and reprocess beliefs, behaviors, emotions and body sensations associated fear until they fall within a belief system more manageable, so allow the patient to deal with situations previously feared and avoided. In this workshop presents the detailed rules in panic disorder report at 8 phases of EMDR work of the approach, referring to clinical cases and then practical experiences arising from personal therapeutic work. From here, we provide the guidelines for the structuring of a specific treatment, according a working protocol, specially developed, which leads, step by step, application
therapeutic project the protocol of work presented focuses on the recasting of panic attacks and then the management of symptoms characteristic of this disorder. Also provides instructions for making a careful medical history, which allows the therapist to
prepare an adequate plan for the identification and revision of precipitating factors and past traumatic experiences of the patient's personal history from childhood, which may form the emotional basis on which it can establish, in certain circumstances, symptoms of CAD. It is stressful or traumatic events of the past on which it is essential work of reworking in order to identify possible skills and adaptive behaviors to achieve appropriate future action.
Keywords: Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Lievegoed, R. (2005, June). EMDR for mentally retarded people. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
After a short introduction concerning the special problems people with an
intellectual handicap often have in their iives and the many forms of
psychotrauma which arise for them in situations which are by others
sometimes not experienced as traumatic, we'll show by means of case
studies how the protocol can be adapted to the limited skills of people in this
target group. We also refer to the adaptations of the protocol for young
children.
Participants will learn to see that EMDR can very well be applied for this
target group and how they should proceed with the treatment.
Our most important aim is that therapists can become motivated to also use
EMDR for these people!
Keywords: Mental Retardation Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Fizel, D., Shapiro, F., Borderson, G., & Frank-NcNeil, J. (1997). EMDR for trauma (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an approach that combines elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although eye movement stimulation has garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions which are organized into eight phases of therapy. EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client's responses in the present. To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient's nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. The goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable. [Videorecording : DVD video 1 videodisc (53 min.) : sd., col. ; 4 3/4 in.]
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Shapiro, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR for trauma-based, attachment-based, and endogenous depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR’s Protocol is a powerful intervention that can impact many kinds of depression. Participants will learn about Bessel van der Kolk’s research, other research and clinical experience to bring the EMDR Protocol to the treatment of trauma-based, attachment-based and endogenous depression and mood disorders. They will understand the etiology, assessment, and treatment for each kind of depression. They will take home EMDR skills to work with mood disorders and endogenous depression. The AIP is cited throughout. Other interventions, including ego-state and biological are described, when appropriate. The presentation is user-friendly, with interventions that can be implemented immediately.
Keywords: Attachment Depression Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?
Keywords: Client Francine Shapiro Male
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Paulsen, S. L. (1996, June). EMDR in executive coaching for leadership skills development and strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Executive Coaching
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996).
Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing
and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates
from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as
hostile.
As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations,
using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring
the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the
movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes
for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised
clients enhances the effect of EMDR.
Content of the Workshop:
How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process
can 'take place'.
How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement
awareness.
How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into
deeper levels of body consciousness.
How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance"
of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement
and dance therapy.
Keywords: Body Dance Therapy Experimental Use Movement Therapy Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2000, September). EMDR in the playroom: Creative processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the necessity of eliciting material from children in indirect, projective ways; 2) understand the meaning of "creative processing" in the EMDR context as a method of both accessing and treating children's problems where direct methods may fail to produce desired outcome; 3) learn specific skills which apply the EMDR method through the medium of fantasy, play, story, metaphor, sensory experience, and enactment; 4) learn how to apply the creative process to separate elements of the standard EMDR protocol, and to make adjustments appropriate to the age and developmental stage of the individual child; 5) observe direct use of EMDR creative processing techniques via case material and videotaped therapy sessions; and 6) recognize the importance of integrating family systemic issues into use of the techniques, as well as embedding the method into a total contextual treatment of the child.
Keywords: Children Enactment Fantasy Metaphor Play Sensory Experience Storytelling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic
target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of
thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques
for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Fannin, J. L. (1998, July). EMDR in the treatment of anxiety as it pertains to work-related issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the components to the Reality Model and how each component impacts a person's behavior; 2) understand how specific measurement instruments can distinguish one's thinking and behavioral styles and in turn lead to the identification of one or more negative cognitions to be used in the EMDR process; and 3) learn key stratregies to making the EMDR process more effective in turning new skills into productive habits for the clients' daily life.
Keywords: Anxiety Reality Model Work-Related Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Hamilton, C. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) increase their confidence in deciding how, when, and where to use EMDR in the context of long term therapy with dissociative disorders; 2) increase their skills in being able to structure safe and contained EMDR sessions with clients with dissociative disorders; 3) increase their ability to adapt the EMDR protocol to the specific needs of specific clients with dissociative disorders; and 4) increase their knowledge of both the potential risks and potential benefits of using EMDR with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Chakroun, N., Laizeau, M., & Nousse, A. (2008, July). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the 4th European Conference of Positive Psychology, Rijeka, Croatia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Athletes Optimism Sports
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. de Roos, C., & Veenstra, S. (2009). EMDR pain control for current pain. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 537-557). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
It is estimated that approximately 30% of the population world-wide suffer
from chronic pain. In this workshop you will learn how to use EMDR in
order to treat patients who have specific forms of chronic pain e.g. phantom
limb pain, whiplash and chronic differentiation pain. Theoretical
information, practical instructions with demonstration videos of illustrative
cases and exercises or role-playing to practise yourself will all be utilised.
You will be provided with enough information and skills in order to be
confident to start treating pain patients in your own clinical practice.
This workshop will provide you with the following information:
•relevant neurobiological information about chronic pain in order to
determine whether a specific type of pain can be treated using EMDR
•the empirical status of the application of EMDR on pain and a short
review of current research and literature
•how to motivate this difficult patient group to try EMDR
•how to conceptualise a case for EMDR, the indications and contraindications
•how to choose suitable targets with pain patients
•the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to pain
patients and how to work with pain itself as a target
•complications you can expect and how to deal with these.
Aims:
•identify clients with chronic pain for whom EMDR may be
appropriate
•increase knowledge and understanding of the use of EMDR
in the treatment of chronic pain
•apply EMDR in the treatment of patients with chronic pain.
Target group:
EMDR trained therapists working with patients with chronic pain.
Keywords: Current Pain Pain Control Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Marquis, J., Nixon, S., & Greenwald, R. (1999, June). EMDR reduction of sexual and aggressive urges. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participant will: 1) become familiar with theoretical models of urge reduction that have proved effective; 2) learn how to use their skills in EMDR to implement these models; 3) learn other ways of employing EMDR with perpetrators; and 4) be able to disucss ideas for research in this much neglected area.
Keywords: Aggression Perpetrators Sexual Aggression Symptom Reduction Urge Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include:
A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter.
The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone.
Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology.
The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD.
Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD.
Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu.
Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.
Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Lendl, J. (1999). EMDR Specialists as adjuncts to multi-discipline performance practice. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There is evidence for the efficacy of eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with athletes. Case
studies will be used to demonstrate the value of a trauma and
performance specialist trained in EMDR as an adjunct to a
multi-disciplinary support team. Three multiteam situations
will be discussed. The first includes military base personnel
working to improve performance after trauma and, in some
cases, transition to the private sector. The second is a
behavioral medicine clinic with a focus on working with
trauma hindering performance and performance anxiety. The
third is a sport group utilizing a trainer, exercise physiologist,
and nutritionist working with a community college basketball
team.
Keywords: Athletes Performance Enhancement Sports Psychology Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Ralaus, D. (2005, June). EMDR training in a new country. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Belgium, Brussels.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In Slovakia, as a country with socialist past, the problem of
psychotraumatology was underestimated. Thanks to the Humanitarian
Assistance Program-Europe (HAP], it was possible to bring the new
knowledge and skills to this field. At the beginning there was the EMDR
training in Germany for two psychiatrists from Slovakia, then the seminars
and supervisions in Slovakia with mentors from HAP, which still continue. The
result is 40 therapists with the training including Psychotraumatology in
general and EMDR Level I and II.
This talk offers you the review of a history of bringing psychotraumatology
and EMDR to our country, first results and feedback.
Keywords: China Psychotrauma Slovakia Symposium Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.
Keywords: Health Problems Trauma Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.
Keywords: Sex Offenders Substance Abusers Symposium Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Mevissen, L., Lievegoed, R., & de Jongh, A. (2010, March). EMDR treatment in people with mild ID and PTSD: 4 cases. Psychiatric Quarterly, 82(1), 43-57. doi:10.1007/s11126-010-9147-x.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Although there is evidence to suggest that people with intellectual disabilities (ID) are likely to be more susceptible to the development of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) than persons in the general population, until now only eight case reports on the treatment of people with ID suffering from PTSD symptoms have been published. In an effort to enrich the literature on this subject, the aim was to investigate the applicability of an evidence-based treatment for PTSD (i.e., EMDR) in four people with mild ID, suffering from PTSD following various kinds of trauma. In all cases PTSD symptoms decreased and the gains were maintained at 3 months to 2.5 year follow-up. In addition, depressive symptoms and physical complaints subsided, and social and adaptive skills improved. It is concluded that clients' improvements converge to suggest the applicability of EMDR in people with mild ID. Difficulties involved in arriving at an accurate PTSD diagnosis in ID clients are discussed.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Shapiro, F. (2002). EMDR treatment: Overview and integration. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 27-55). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
EMDR is not viewed as a panacea but rather as a comprehensive approach to be applied to experiential contributors of disorder and self-enhancement. The information-processing model that governs EMDR practice invites clinicians to view the overall client picture to identify the past events that contribute to the dysfunction, the present events that trigger disturbance, and the skills and internal resources that need to be incorporated for healthy and adaptive living in the future. The approach to the clinical picture is termed the adaptive information-processing model. It was previously termed the accelerated information-processing model because the rapid learning and transmutation of characteristics can take place without the time limitations accepted and imposed on the previous traditional therapies. [Text, p. 27]TOPICS TREATED: Eight phases of treatment (client history and planning; preparation; assessment; desensitization; installation; body scan; closure; re-evaluation); Adaptive information processing (mimicking spontaneous processing; case study); Future explorations
Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Rouanzoin, C. (2011, August). EMDR update and refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for any clinician who has received the Basic Training in EMDR through an EMDRIA-Approved Training. The workshop will review and update information on: AIP case conceptualization; the 8 phases of EMDR treatment; developing the Target Sequencing Plan; the three prongs of EMDR treatment; and the use of cognitive interweave for stuck processing.
The participants will also have an opportunity to improve their skills in the use of Floatbacks and Affect Scans. A practicum experience will help further consolidate these concepts.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization Refresher Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. [Kondo Chikako]. (2009, May). EMDR with a violent child at school: Collaborative treatment for an abused child who witnessed her mother's suicide. EMDR研究1（1）、34から43 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 34-43].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The junior high school girl in this case witnessed her mother's suicide at the age of four. She
has been acting violently since she entered elementary school. One yearbefore the author met
her, a consultation office for children intervened due to physical abuse by her father. Flashbacks
and dissociation caused wrist cutting and panic. After a few EMDR sessions, wrist cutting, panic
and PTSD symptoms disappeared. As she gained affect regulation skills, she gradually improved
her interpersonal relationship and began to trust others. The consultation aclivities by a school
counselor, namely the offering of psycho-educational information to the school, supporting teachers
and improving teacher's psychological understandings about her, was also important in addition to
individual treatment. The author discussed about the treatment of school children survivors who
rarely visit mental or medical institutions.
Keywords: Child Abuse Collaboration at School Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, July). EMDR with children and families. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During this practical skills gaining workshop using video examples of clinical material and theoretical presentation, we will talk
about basic ideas of EMDR work with children, EMDR protocol adaptation according to the child developmental level, safety
and attachment issues, family dynamics and integration with family therapy work. We will discuss case conceptualisation
and treatment planning through video clips analysis. The participants will be invited to bring case material and questions
during the course of the workshop.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming
the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must
screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely
use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot
EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased
treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID.
Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients
for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase
affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and
orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics
include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect,
and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly
working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden
parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance
to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state
strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources,
maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition,
stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work
within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions
that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the
conference room method and means to trouble-shoot
stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final
phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to :
♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree
of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol.
♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing
EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport,
contain affect, orient to present circumstances,
reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources.
♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery
and ego state interventions for pacing,
fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Wilcox, J. (1994). EMDR with panic disorder: Patients who inhibit anxiety reactions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 9-10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Introducing EMDR to panic disorder
patients who have been educated in
that reduce anxiety responses can pose some interesting
challenges. Several patients who had
been in therapy with me for a year or
more had learned quite well the skills
of using deep breathing, relaxation,
and cognitive pattern interruption
techniques to inhibit their anxiety
reactions. I discovered how well they
internalized these strategies as we
began the EMDR in
our attempts
to clear the root causes of their
panic disorder.
Keywords: Panic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Cooper, A. (1995, June). EMDR with victims of trauma: Protecting your client, protecting yourself. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an innovative and rapidly expanding new, treatment technique. Therapists are provided with two weekends of intensive
training and encouraged to obtain supervision and be active in peer consultation groups and networks, and work to refine their skills.
It is uncertain what percentage follow through in this regard.
Estimates of the numbers of people who are victims of sexual trauma in our society are staggering (one in 3 girls, one in seven boys).
Research finds that approximately half the people who present for psychotherapy have some sexual trauma in their history. EMDR
has been hailed as an important new technique in facilitating the treatment of those who have been sexually traumatized. With
correct usage, EMDR can greatly facilitate the treatment. At the same time, sexual trauma is a complex and volatile issue and
awkward, poorly timed, or overly simplistic usage of EMDR could potentially lead to adverse consequences for the patient and
treatment. As with any therapeutic technique or paradigm it can only be as helpful as that of the overall treatment. In addition the
mere usage of EMDR will have an impact on the therapy, as well as the therapeutic container, and therapists need to be cognizant of
what that impact will be as well as to be sure that they know how to incorporate the patient reactions into the treatment in a positive
way and not allow them to undermine, or otherwise detrimentally effect both patient and therapist primary therapy goals.
Particularly in these times of increased litigation, malpractice suits, and professional grievances against therapists those
professionals utilizing EMDR would be wise to be aware of the particular risks inherent in the patient population in which they
work, as well as the inherent vulnerability of utilizing a newly developed technique. In treating sexual trauma many experts agree
that the crucible of the therapeutic container- is whether the healing will occur if the therapist sucessfully deals with the
challenges the patient will offer lip. Again how those utilizing EMDR negotiates those challenges may be he difference between a
successful course of therapy and a disaster.
Finally, working with sexual trauma is an emotionally, intellectually, and sometimes physically demanding undertaking. Many
therapists do not fully realize or acknowledge the toll that this type of work exacts and may be blind to the countertransferentia1
responses which arise and how they are communicated to the patient.
In this workshop we will first reveal, some of the current thinking on the primary treatment issues (and obstacles) in therapy with
victims of sexual trauma. We will then examine how and when is the most propitious time to use EMDR with this population and
what reactions patients are likely to have to this type of intervention. Specific ways that EMDR and its implementation may activate
certain issues in sexual trauma victims be elucidated as well as strategies for addressing those issues. Finally participants will
engage in a series of experiential exercises designed to heighten their awareness of their own personal reactions and feelings (i.e.,
countertransference) to working with the intensity of sexual trauma. Once again these potential reactions will be linked to more or
less effective usage of EMDR.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource.
The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique
Learning objectives:
To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases.
To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol.
To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Drawing Integration Organic Disease Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Greenwald, R. (2007, October). EMDR: Within a phase model of trauma-informed treatment. New York: Haworth Press. ix, 255 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Trauma is a potential source of most types of emotional or behavioral problems. Extensive research has shown EMDR to be an effective and efficient trauma treatment. EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment offers mental health professionals an accessible plain-language guide to this popular and successful method. The book also introduces the “Fairy Tale Model” as a way to understand and remember the essential phases of treatment and the tasks in each phase.
This manual teaches a clear rationale and a systematic approach to trauma-informed treatment, including often-neglected elements of treatment that are essential to preparing clients for EMDR. The reader is led step by step through the treatment process, with scripted hands-on exercises to learn each skill.
In addition to presenting the fundamental EMDR procedures, EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment teaches a treatment system that can be applied to a variety of cases. Using research-supported and proven-effective methods, this book takes you through the treatment process with easily-understood dialogues and examples. Explicitly guided exercises produce hands-on skills and familiarize you with ways to explain trauma to clients and prepare them for EMDR. You will also learn to problem-solve challenging cases using the trauma framework.
Keywords: Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism.
In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom
of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom
as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation
phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During
these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation
It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation:
1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive
network.
2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting
in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic
experiences and rational insights and language.
3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural
healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral
stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly
hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me
anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to
which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc.
During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening
and affect management to reduce the fear to speak.
1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished
using a safe Image which brought up her own sense
of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was
willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety.
2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing
resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards
acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation
was used to strengthen the positive experiences.
3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect
management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling
linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork.
Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the
positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced
the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed
by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation
of complete words and sentences. Through this whole
process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak
with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child
started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't
any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left
to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma
processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance
of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma.
The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children
with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems
like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling,
art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.
Keywords: Experimental Use Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Ogden, P. (2004, September). Empowering the body: Somatic awareness and physical action in the treatment of trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The repetitive traumatic patterns our clients come to us to change are not only psychological but somatic, clearly reflected in posture, energy level, movement, regulation of arousal and other physical attributes. Changing these patterns cannot be accomplished by insight alone. The procedural memory that keeps such behaviors and dissociative patterns in in place must be addressed. A body-oriented approach is indicated that facilitates new actions and addresses dissociative symptoms, including somaticcomponents of traumatic memories (e.g., pain, analgesia, and motor inhibitions) and avoidance-related symptoms such as bodily anesthesia. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy emphasizes practicing new actions and building other somatic resouces to mitigate symptoms and develop a somatic sense of self. In this workshop, somatic interventions that can be integrated into existing clinical skills will be taught and illustrated through excerpts of videotaped therapy sessions and brief experiential exercises.
Keywords: Dissociation Somatism Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Ferrell, D. (2013, May). Enhancing EMDR clinical supervision skills for EMDR accredited vonsultants. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the last 20 years EMDR has progressed from that of a technique to a psychotherapeutic method. Yet the format
of EMDR trainings remains fairly short in duration. This workshop will outline some of the research findings from
a Delphi study that were carried out with an international group of EMDR Consultants which explored four areas:
1. EMDR Protocol
2. Teaching & Learning of EMDR
3. EMDR Research & Development
4. Professional Standing of EMDR
The implications of the research findings will be discussed in relation to ‘core characteristics’ of the EMDR
Consultant and will utilise a model of clinical supervision as a framework for ascertaining EMDR clinical skills
and competency. Learning objectives:
• Critically consider the current teaching and learning of EMDR
• Integrate the core aspects from a Delphi study which explores aspects around EMDR practice, development
and clinical governance
• Evaluate the key components of EMDR Consultants with particular reference to EMDR clinical supervision and
Consultation
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us
as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the
participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients.
There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with
EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference)
20
to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging
science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR
Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three
modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and
possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had
self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using:
positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for
envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time
constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an
interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to:
1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols,
2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources,
3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts,
5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography
Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. Keller, M. (2010, July). Enhancing EMDR with mindfulness skills. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
“Enhancing EMDR with Mindfulness Skills”
1. Introduction and overview of the evolution of mindfulness practice.
2. Current uses of mindfulness in clinical practice.
3. Summary of research.
4. Similarities between mindfulness and EMDR:
a. Just noticing,
b. “Go with that”,
c. Becoming less reactive to mental content,
d. Living in the present.
5. Enhancing EMDR:
a. Increasing awareness of images, thoughts, emotions, and body sensations,
b. Increasing trust to allow the mind to spontaneously process memory networks,
c. Improving reprocessing between sessions,
d. Reducing reactivity to current and future distress,
e. Improve attunement of the therapist.
6. Brief mindfulness practice and conclusion.
Keywords: Mindfulness Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Positive Emotion Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many individuals with behaviour problems have long-lasting negative
experiences in relation to their environment. Because of this they
often have low self-esteem. The treatment is focussed on reduction of
complaints and acquisition of skills. But the treatment is more successful
when there is also the acquisition of a positive view of the self.
EMDR is mainly focussed on trauma treatment and positive cognitive
connotation. This competence is very useful as a therapeutic intervention
when reinforcing a positive self in people with ID. For our target
group it is difficult to translate a positive cognition to daily life. With
the use of resources from EMDR such as the use of objects and
manual communication, the self image can be reinforced and advance
the practising of behaviour experiments. This poster will focus on
theory of EMDR and practical implications.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Morrow, R. (2012, October). Essential skills for EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
What skills do successful consultants utilize in consultation? Therapy, Training and Consultation have several overlapping skills, but each of these disciplines do contain some different skill sets. A good therapist does not necessarily make a good consultant. This presentation will attempt to tease out consultation specific skills that seem to improve the experience for both consultees and consultants. This presentation will include lecture, self evaluative experiences and role play.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Jumelet, C. (2011, April). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) bij kinderen met een verstandelijke beperking [Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) in children with intellectual disabilities]. Symposia op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract: Achtergrond: Eye movement desensitisation
and reprocessing (EMDR) is een evidence-based
behandelmethode voor zowel kinderen als volwassenen
die blijvende psychische of lichamelijke
klachten overhouden aan een of meer ingrijpende
gebeurtenissen. Er is nog nauwelijks effectonderzoek
verricht bij kinderen met een verstandelijke
beperking (VB). Deze doelgroep heeft meer risico
op traumatische ervaringen vanwege beperkte
cognitieve en verbale vaardigheden en geringere
draagkracht (Mevissen 2010). EMDR doet weinig
beroep op verbale mogelijkheden, is een concrete
en directieve methode en lijkt daarom in het bijzonder
geschikt voor kinderen met een VB.
Doel: emdr beschikbaar maken voor
getraumatiseerde kinderen met een VB.
Methoden: Bestaande EMDR-protocollen
worden aangepast door elementen aan te brengen
als: visualiseren middels pictogrammen;
ouders meer betrekken, bijvoorbeeld door hen het
verhaal te laten vertellen; effectevaluatie via
ouders en belangrijke derden (leerkracht), meer
herhaling en meer sessies. Resultaten: In een caseserie van 10 patiënten met een iq tussen 50-85 was er in 70% een goed resultaat. Alle patiënten maakten de
behandeling af. Het aantal sessies varieerde tussen
2 en 10. Conclusie: emdr is een veelbelovende
behandelmethode bij kinderen met een VB.
Background: Eye Movement Desensitisation
and reprocessing (EMDR) is an evidence-based
treatment for both children and adults
that permanent mental or physical
complaints about holding one or more major
events. There is little outcome research
performed in children with intellectual
restriction (VB). This group has more risk
limited due to traumatic experiences
cognitive and verbal skills and lower
capacity (Mevissen 2010). EMDR does little
rely on verbal abilities, is a concrete
and directive method and therefore seems particularly
for children with a VB.
Purpose: EMDR available to
traumatized children with a VB.
Methods: Existing EMDR protocols
be modified by elements to
as: visualization using icons;
parents more involved, by for instance the
story to tell, through impact assessment
parents and significant others (teacher), more
repetition and more sessions. Results: In a case series of 10 patients with an IQ between 50-85, there was 70% a good result. All the patients were
treatment. The number of sessions varied between
2 and 10. Conclusion: EMDR is a promising
treatment for children with VB.
Keywords: Children Intellectual Disabilities
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Mevissen, L. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Wetenschappelijk Tijdschrift Autisme, (3), 123-135.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
D. is altijd al bang geweest om alleen met het openbaar vervoer te reizen, vooral vanwege al die vreemde mensen die naar haar kijken. Sinds ze in een volle metro door een man is bedreigd durft ze niet meer zelfstandig met de metro naar haar werk. Moeder: “we zijn weer terug bij af”. Gebrek aan zelfrefectie, onvermogen om een therapeutische relatie aan te gaan, problemen in de communicatie, de angst dat klachten juist gaan toenemen met misschien wel decompensatie tot gevolg; het zijn veel gebruikte argumenten om af te zien van psychotherapie bij mensen met een ASS. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is een vrij nieuwe behandelmethode met een sterk geprotocolleerde werkwijze die zich duidelijk onderscheidt van veel andere methoden die een beroep doen op vaardigheden waar mensen met een ASS per defnitie in tekort schieten. Zou EMDR perspectieven kunnen bieden als het gaat om psychotherapie bij cliënten met een ASS en comorbide stoornissen, die zijn ontstaan ten gevolge van ingrijpende gebeurtenissen?
D. is a normally gifted young adult woman with Asperger syndrome. She has always been afraid to be alone on public transport to travel, especially because of all those strange people who look at her. Since they are in a full subway is threatened by a man she dares not own the subway to her job. Mother: "We're back to square one". Lack zelfrefectie, inability to enter a therapeutic relationship, problems in communication, just the fear that complaints will increase by perhaps decompensation result, they are commonly used arguments to refrain from psychotherapy for people with ASD. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new treatment with a strong protocolled method clearly differs from many other methods that rely on skills that people with ASD in a defnitie fail. EMDR perspectives might offer in terms of psychotherapy for clients with ASD and comorbid disorders that have arisen as a result of traumatic events?
Keywords: Asperger's Autistic Spectrum Disorders Stress Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Fraire, M. (2004). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Using EMDR to improved reading skills among bilingual learning disabled students. National-Louis University, Chicago, IL. doi:oclc/55621052 .
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Keywords: Bilingual Children With Disabilities Education Reading
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Caspers, S. L. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Using EMDR with learning disabled students to improve reading skills. National-Louis University, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Keywords: Children With Disabilities Education Reading
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Information processing in the treatment of trauma. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(8), 933-946. doi:10.1002/jclp.10068.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an efficacious and efficient treatment for PTSD. This article provides a brief overview of the findings of 20 controlled-outcome studies and describes Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing model. This model posits that pathology results when distressing experiences are processed inadequately and hypothesizes that EMDR accelerates information processing, resulting in the adaptive resolution of traumatic memories. A detailed description of the eight phases of treatment highlights the procedures, assumptions, and clinical observations that currently guide EMDR clinical practice. A case study, with an in-session transcript, illustrates the application of EMDR to address the past events that have laid the groundwork for dysfunction, the present circumstances that elicit distress, and skills acquisition needed for adaptive functioning (Pilots).
Keywords: Clinical Case Study Cognitive Processes Empirical Study Information Processing Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes Treatment Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Shapiro, F., Vogelmann-Sine, S., & Sine, L. F. (1994, October-December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Treating trauma and substance abuse. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(4), 379-391.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a new psychological methodology that has been applied to a wide range of psychological disorders. Clinical reports over the past three years indicate that it is an important addition to the treatment of substance abuse. EMDR offers a structured, client-centered model that integrates key elements of intrapsychic, behavioral, cognitive, body-oriented, and interactional approaches. Treatment effects are quite rapid and, during an individual session, the therapist may witness accelerated processing of information involving a shift of cognitive structures (including the assimilation of positive beliefs) along with the desensitization of attendent traumata. The application of EMDR apparently stimulates an inherent physiological processing system that allows dysfunctional information to be adaptively resolved, resulting in increased insight and more functional behavior. The judicious use of EMDR includes a comprehensive client history and extensive preparation, allowing the client to deal with the high levels of disturbance often engendered by the treatment itself. After the inauguration of a sufficient therapeutic alliance, adequately addressing potential issues of secondary gain, and appropriate client stabilization, EMDR may be used to ameliorate the effects of earlier memories that contribute to the dysfunction, potential relapse triggers, and physical cravings. In addition, EMDR is used to incorporate new coping skills and assist in learning more adaptive behaviors. Other potential targets for reprocessing include treatment noncompliance, ambivalence about abstinence, and present crises. Finally, EMDR should be used on this clinical population only by a trained clinician who is educated and experienced with this problem area. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Drug Abuse Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Foster, S., & Lendl, J. (1995, September). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Initial application for enhancing performance in athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, New Orleans, LA..
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure, developed
by Francine Shapiro, PhD, was introduced as a new rapid treatment for anxiety and
related traumata. In a controlled study (Shapiro, 1989), rape victims and Vietnam
veterans experienced a significant decrease in distressing symptoms--flashbacks,
ruminating, sleep disturbance, and uncomfortable physiological arousal. Additional
outcomes were the subjects cognitive restructuring of what had happened to them.
Subsequent research studies reported therapeutic outcomes with a variety of disorders-
phobias (Kleinknecht, 1993), panic disorder (Goldstein, 1992), dissociative disorder
(Paulsen et el, 1993) and PTSD (Wilson et al, In press). The first author was the first
EMDR-trained clinician to apply EMDR in performance enhancement work,
beginning with sales professionals. The authors have now used EMDR with nearly
sixty Individual athletes ranking from amateur to Olympic hopeful, across several
different sports. Their single case findings suggest that EMDR amplifies and
accelerates the benefits of standard mental training. Their data indicates EMDR
speeds psychological recovery from sport injury and coming back from a loss, adds
in working through difficulties with past coaches, reduces fears about competition,
and improves overall athletic performance.
Keywords: Athletes Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Foster, S. (1995, September). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing: Initial application for enhancing performance in athletes. In (Doug Asher, Presider) Non-traditional Interventions for Performance Enhancement. Colloquium presented at the 10th Annual Conference of the Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, New Orleans, LA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure, developed by Francine Shapiro, PhD, was introduced as a new rapid treatment for anxiety and
related traumata. In a controlled study (Shapiro, 1989), rape victims and Vietnam
veterans experienced a significant decrease in distressing symptoms--flashbacks,
ruminating, sleep disturbance, and uncomfortable physiological arousal. Additional
outcomes were the subjects cognitive restructuring of what had happened to them.
Subsequent research studies reported therapeutic outcomes with a variety ofdisorders-
phobias (Kleinknecht, 1993), panic disorder (Goldstein, 1992), dissociative disorder
(Paulsen et el, 1993) and PTSD (Wilson et al, In press). The first author was the first
EMDR-trained clinician to apply EMDR in performance enhancement work,
beginning with sales professionals. The authors have now used EMDR with nearly
sixty Individual athletes ranking from amateur to Olympic hopeful, across several
different sports. Their single case findings suggest that EMDR amplifies and
accelerates the benefits of standard mental training. Their data indicates EMDR
speeds psychological recovery from sport injury and coming back from a loss, adds
in working through difficulties with past coaches, reduces fears about competition,
and improves overall athletic performance.
Keywords: Athletes Colloquium Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well.
Learning Objectives:
1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy.
2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment.
3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Fay, D., Corrigan, F. Fisher, J., Galloway, J., & Mcafee, F. (2010, April). An fMRI study of the integration of “Becoming safely embodied” and EMDR techniques for the de-activation of fear motor neurocircuitry. Symposium presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
An fMRI Study of the Integration of “Becoming Safely Embodied” and EMDR Techniques for the De-Activation of Fear Motor Neurocircuitry Frank Corrigan, Consulting Psychiatist, Argyll & Bute Hospital, Lochgilphead, Argyll This panel discussion explores brain imaging results using BSE skills activating left anterior insula intensified with alternating bilateral stimulation (ABS) from Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (Shapiro 1992). It suggests positive feelings associated with brain activations deactivate areas involved in motor responses to threat.
Keywords: Fear Motor Neurocircuitry fMRI Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Morris-Smith, J. (2012, June). Footsteps into the future: EMDR for children and families using a neurodevelopmental perspective [Pasos hacia el futuro: EMDR para niños y familias desde una perspectiva del neurodesarrollo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The
acquisition
of
clinical
skills
in
developing
successful
EMDR
therapeutic
practices
is
in
itself
a
journey
of
discovery.
Each
step
forward
brings
new
clinical
puzzles,
challenges
and
insights:
why
are
some
individuals
able
to
use
the
EMDR
therapy
more
smoothly
that
others;
what
is
the
role
of
attachment;
how
are
preverbal
memories
made
and
how
do
they
become
accessible
to
verbal
recall
with
EMDR
therapy;
what
is
the
developmental
role
of
dissociation
and
why
do
some
evolve
into
coherent,
integrated
individuals
whilst
others
develop
pathological
dissociation?
This
paper
presents
a
neurodevelopmental
approach
to
inform
our
clinical
practice
of
EMDR
therapy
with
children,
adolescents
and
adults.
Brain
development
is
affected
by
both
genetic
and
environmental
factors
and
included
in
the
latter
are:
the
family
milieu,
physical
illness,
toxins
and
developmental
opportunities.
During
development
the
brain
organizes
from
the
bottom
to
the
top
with
the
lower
parts
of
the
brain
developing
earliest.
The
majority
of
the
brain
organization
takes
place
during
the
first
4
years
of
life.
Development
of
the
brain
in
childhood
unfolds
in
a
series
of
stages
with
higher
cortical
areas
entering
final
developmental
processes
much
later
in
childhood
and
into
early
adulthood.
How
to
integrate
neurodevelopmental
aspects
with
our
EMDR
clinical
practice
to
develop
healthier
positive
future
trajectories
for
children,
adolescents
and
their
families
is
discussed.
This
paper
will
be
illustrated
by
the
use
of
video
clips
and
case
material.
La
propia
adquisición
de
las
habilidades
clínicas
para
desarrollar
prácticas
terapéuticas
de
EMDR
de
éxito
es
de
por
sí,
un
viaje
de
descubrimiento.
Cada
paso
hacia
delante
nos
plantea
nuevos
rompecabezas,
retos,
y
conocimientos
clínicos:
¿Por
qué
algunos
individuos
encuentran
menos
obstáculos
en
la
aplicación
de
terapia
con
EMDR
que
otros?;
¿Cuál
es
la
función
del
apego?;
¿Cómo
se
forman
los
recuerdos
preverbales
y
cómo
se
accede
a
ellos
mediante
el
recuerdo
verbal
con
la
terapia
con
EMDR?;
¿Qué
papel
desempeña
la
disociación
en
el
desarrollo
y
por
qué
algunas
personas
se
convierten
en
individuos
coherentes
e
integrados
mientras
que
otros
desarrollan
una
disociación
patológica?
Esta
ponencia
pretende
presentar
un
planteamiento
desde
el
neurodesarrollo
para
instruir
nuestra
práctica
clínica
de
terapia
con
EMDR
con
niños,
adolescentes
y
adultos.
El
desarrollo
cerebral
se
ve
afectado
por
factores
tanto
genéticos
como
ambientales;
entre
éstos
últimos
se
incluyen:
el
entorno
familiar,
las
enfermedades
físicas,
las
toxinas
y
las
oportunidades
de
desarrollo.
Durante
el
período
de
desarrollo,
el
cerebro
organiza
desde
abajo
hacia
arriba,
siendo
las
áreas
inferiores
del
cerebros
las
que
primero
se
desarrollan.
La
mayor
parte
del
desarrollo
cerebral
ocurre
durante
los
cuatro
primeros
años
de
vida.
El
desarrollo
del
cerebro
durante
la
infancia
sucede
en
una
serie
de
etapas,
entrando
las
áreas
corticales
superiores
en
los
últimos
procesos
de
desarrollo,
mucho
más
tarde
en
la
infancia
y
al
principio
de
la
vida
adulta.
Se
abordan
las
cuestiones
de
cómo
integrar
aspectos
de
neurodesarrollo
en
nuestro
trabajo
clínico
con
EMDR
para
poder
desarrollar
trayectorias
más
sanas
y
positivas
para
el
futuro
para
los
niños,
adolescentes
y
sus
familias.
Se
emplearán
grabaciones
en
vídeo
y
notas
clínicas
para
ilustrar
esta
ponencia.
Keywords: Children Families Neurodevelopment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Kiessling, R. (2006, September). From BLS to EMDR: Treating survivors of trauma, natural disaster, and combat along a time and stability continuum. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: T
he Comprehensive treatment protocols and
treatment outcomes of EMDR have been well
researched and documented. The calming effects
of bilateral stimulation (BLS) and its impact on
having images fade have also been documented.
Consequently, there are many situations where
stabilization and symptom reduction may be appropriate and/or necessary, such as trauma from
terrorism, natural disasters and combat. This workshop will discuss a number of Bilateral
Stimulation (BLS) interventions along a time and client stability continuum. Participants will learn and hone their skills using a number of
stabilization and symptom reduction interventions
through lecture, video and live demonstration, as
well as small group practice of these more
truncated, target specific, symptom
desensitization protocols. Additionally,
participants will understand when to select these
interventions in preparing the client for the
comprehensive EMDR treatment protocols.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Sime, W. (1999). From critic to consumer: Evolving personal conceptions of EMDR applications in sport psychology. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Initial responses of this presenter to EMDRIA years ago were
not favorable. Now there is cautious optimism that the
procedure is safe, valid, and effective. While multichannel
EEG wave forms do not reveal a significant change in brain
state before and after a bout of training, there may be more
quantifiable measures with newer brain mapping procedures.
Successful cases have been seen ranging from severely
injured athletes fearful of return to competition to an
obsessive/compulsive disorder involving exercise as the
repetitive, problematic behavior. Ironically, the procedure
itself is so routine that it probably is used unknowingly by
some elite athletes who have developed preperformance
routines that involve repetitive left/right motions or eye
movement. Regardless of the function, process, and
mechanism of action, it would appear that EMDR is a
promising technique that can be applied effectively with
athletes who have injury and/or performance breakdown
Keywords: Athletes Performance Breakdown Sports Psychology Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.
Keywords: Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Child Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Paulsen, S. L. (2006, April). Giving the body a voice with EMDR, ego state therapy and somatic psychotherapy. Presentation at 11th Annual Northwest Regional Conference on Trauma Disorders Conference, Lake Chelan, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Participants will be able to 1) Identify three skills to observe bodily held trauma material, 2) Analyze a model of transforming trauma through resources, and 3) Identify a hypnoprojective method for bringing somatically held material into conscious mind.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Somatic Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario.
Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como:
- gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación.
- estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas.
- cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación.
Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.
Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily.
Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as:
- Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation.
- Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions.
- Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research.
With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.
Keywords: Prtactice Protocols Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and
behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching
sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment
during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual
functioning concerns.
EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded
issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken
to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex
therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This
can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills,
and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique.
There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative
messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can
be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse.
EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular
objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions.
Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual
response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving
sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the
techniques.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during
rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of
video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.
Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research
on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during
trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies.
Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s
Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a
global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s
emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and
psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough
knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity
and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's
wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception.
To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider
and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical
performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the
typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and
specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to
different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.
In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency
scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection
Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local
Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances.
Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team.
During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems
occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the
medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and
strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological
wellbeing of both victims and rescuers.
The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency
scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here
and the ones we will describe during our intervention.
He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field,
and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing
strategies, that can be used by himself as well.
Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as
the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency
activity.
When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with
resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed.
When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or
coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional,
behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to
manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term.
This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s
performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in
different stages after the event.
From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this
with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to
manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable
both to the individual and to the group.
This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from
past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our
research of tools of efficacy.
During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress
Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow
the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management
skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD.
In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for
the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is
important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to
be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and
learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies.
In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological
and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us
to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance
and internal experience of stress.
We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical
events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such
acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the
simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators,
who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong
experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation
of their own stress management skills.
The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers
led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more
accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a
mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through
“seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics
that took place in the scenario.
Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings,
disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT).
The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence
that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the
neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself
acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen
thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex.
Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and
versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic
manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation,
with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and
behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team
work dynamics.
Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual
perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the
movement is really happening.
More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other
operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we
mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the
videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes
recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of
rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting
two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an
emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and
protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages
too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's
coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic
aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.
Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. Simone, M. (2012, June). Hypnosis and EMDR with athletes. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: My intention is to present a model of intervention in sport psychology that I have defined with the acronym O.R.A., using techniques of Gestalt therapy, EMDR protocol adapted to peak performance and Hypnosis Eriksoniana. The O.R.A model was conceived and developed from my working experience as a sport psychologist of elite athletes of various disciplines. ORA in Italian means NOW and the acronym stands for: Obiettivi (Objectives); Risorse (Resources); Autoefficacia (self-efficacy). Being myself an athlete and having had the opportunity to make an experience / internship of about 4 months at a sports center for professional athletes still continuing to follow a few, I could realize that it is important to them essentially a work of defining targets from which to identify the resources needed to achieve them through EMDR. This allows an increase of self-efficacy as one goes to work with the four sources identified by Bandura and that identify past successful experiences, the feelings connected, verbal persuasion and reference models. The work is enhanced by the use EMDR with hypnosis Eriksoniana that allows you to experience a future scenario more vividly, more multi-sensory experience where the athlete may be able to excel in his sport performance.
Keywords: Athletes, Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.
Keywords: Attachment Issues Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PSTD Personal Health
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Poster Self-Regulation Social Functioning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Forgash, C. A. (2003, September). Improving survivor’s health with integrated EMDR and ego state treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present an EMDR and Ego State integrated approach dealing with the health problems of child sexual abuse survivors (CSAS). These problems are exacerbated by dissociative and PTSD symptoms and may have affected clients accessing health care. These complex clients require tri-phased treatment approach which includes an extended preparation phase (to help CSAS manage triggers and avoid retraumatization in the healthcare setting) desensitization and reprocessing of earlier trauma, including both sexual abuse and medical situations, and the future template phase where consumer skills development will be planned, rehearsed and installed. The workshop will include handouts, bibliography, and a slide presentation.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Colt, K. M., & Marvasti, J. A. (2004). Innovative therapies for trauma related disorders: TARGET, TREM, and EMDR. In J. A. Marvasti (Ed.), Psychiatric treatment of victims and survivors of sexual trauma: A neuro-bio-psychological approach (pp. 73-95). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas Publisher.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In this chapter, Marvasti and Colt explore the victims' response to trauma and examine nontraditional treatment models for psychological trauma. The TARGET model (Trauma Adaptive Recovery Group Education and Therapy) of treatment focuses on current symptoms. Treatment is aimed at helping the victim move from maladaptive patterns of thought and behavior toward healthy ways of managing life. TREM (Trauma Recovery and Empowerment Model) was created to assist disempowered female victims of trauma to develop self-esteem and coping skills. EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is a set of protocols designed to decrease the symptoms of traumatic stress by use of rhythmic movements and cognitive restructuring. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Emotional Trauma Empowerment Female Victims Group Education and Therapy Group Psychotherapy Human Females Models Nontraditional Treatment Models Psychological Trauma Sexual Abuse Symptoms Treatment Victimization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Yang, Y. (2005, June). An integrated grief-focused intervention after the death of a chief teacher. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During the SARS outbreak in 2003, a chief middle school teacher in Beijing
unfortunately died of the disease. After her death, her students and
colleagues fell into a state of emotional and behavioral disturbance. We
describe in this paper a grief-focused intervention program offered by the
community-based youth hotline crisis intervention group and the school
counselor. In particular, the paper focuses on describing in detail a group based
intervention program for the affected students, including its
administrative structure, therapeutic objectives and interventions, and group
process. The intervention protocol was designed by combining cognitive behavior
and social therapy with some adapted skills of Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). It was found that stabilization and
installation were strongly significant in helping the students to recover from
this traumatic event by focusing on positive resources. We argue that in the Chinese cultural context, it is most important to build such an integrated
crisis intervention scheme to cope with such an event.
Keywords: China Grief Psychotrauma Slovakia Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Sherzer, M. (2008, June). Integrating EMDR in family & couple therapy. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this poster I am going to raise the question of integrating EMDR in family and couple therapy. This is a
philosophical question. I actually am asking if it's possible to integrate an individual approach with a systemic
one. Those scholars who dealt with this question found some common roots in the attachment period. For
example, the Hendrix' IMAGO approach presume that the marital crisis has its roots in the childhood wounds. We
can find other approaches that enforce this assumption. The literature that deals with integrating EMDR with
couple therapy does not find differences between traumas caused by marital crisis and traumas caused by other
stimuli. This brings us to the idea it is possible that EMDR will be useful in a marital crisis also. The novelty was
that those therapists who mastered both skills, family therapists and EMDR therapists, started with protocols
that integrate EMDR in couple therapy in the presence of both spouses. From the first beginning, Francine
Shapiro mentions in her basic book on EMDR that are cases where EMDR is contra-indicated in couple therapy in
the presences of both mates. Later on we found that we can classify the cases when to use EMDR in the presence
of both spouses and when to use it individually. Of course, this categorization is based on clinical observation. We
like to refer this question to the members of this poster presentation if they have some more insights about this
Keywords: Couples Therapy Family Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Munnukka-Dahlqvist, M. (2004, June). Integrating EMDR in psychotherapy treating complex trauma in a client with previous long-term psychotherapies. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Keywords: Complex Trauma Symposium Accuracy Verified: Yes 157. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Eating Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 158. Wernimont, T. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR into the treatment of brain injury. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brain Injury Accuracy Verified: Yes 159. Scholom, J. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR with eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Eating Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 160. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Inner Child Therapy Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation Protocol RDI Accuracy Verified: Yes 161. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden . Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Positive Psychology Protocol Accuracy Verified: Yes 162. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract: Keywords: Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors Accuracy Verified: Yes 163. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1998, July). Integrating schema therapy focused with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 164. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic
therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 165. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors Accuracy Verified: Yes 166. Wade, T., & Wade, D. (2001, January-April). Integrative psychotherapy: Combining ego-state therapy, clinical hypnosis, and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in a psychosocial developmental context. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 233-245. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404279. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Clinical Hypnosis Ego Ego-State Therapy Hypnotherapy Integrative Psychotherapy Review Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychosocial Development Psychosocial Developmental Context Accuracy Verified: Yes 167. Regourd-Laizeau, M., Martin-Krumm, C., & Tarquinio, C. (2012, March). Interventions dans le domaine du sport: Le protocole d’optimisme [Interventions in the field of sports: Protocol of optimism]. Pratiques psychologiques, 18(2), 189-204. doi:10.1016/j.prps.2012.02.001. Language: French Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Intervention Sports Accuracy Verified: Yes 168. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this?
. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 169. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Performance Enhancement Update Accuracy Verified: Yes 170. Oglesby, C. A. (1999, September). An investigation of the effect of eye movement desensitization reprocessing on states of consciousness, anxiety, self-perception, and coach-perceived performance ratings of selected varsity collegiate athletes. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9921186. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Athletes College Students Effects Empirical Study Stressors Survivors Treatment Effects Accuracy Verified: Yes 171. Beam, A. (2010, October). Justice served, with tea and crumpets. Boston, MA: The Boston Globe. Language: English Format: Newspaper Abstract: Keywords: Law & Order TV Accuracy Verified: Yes 172. Cohen, A. (2012, May). A long-term grief counseling group for adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Saint Mary’s College of California, Moraga, CA. 1514521. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Adult Survivors Childhood Sexual Abuse Person-Centered Group Counseling Accuracy Verified: Yes 173. Lovell, K. (2011). Lovell, Karina. In D. J. Stein, M. J. Friedman, and Carlos Blanco (Eds.), Post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 208-210). Wiley-Blackwell. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract: Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Evidence Based Practice Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapy Trauma Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation Accuracy Verified: Yes 174. Neunuebel, C. L. (2010, July). Making EMDR user friendly for Asians. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Asians Practice Theory Accuracy Verified: Yes 175. Greenwald, R., Lebeau, T. M., & Lemay, J. (2008, Mai). MASTR (Greenwald, 2005), un modèle de traitement pour jeunes avec des problèmes de conduite qui
tient compte du trauma [The MASTR Protocol (Greenwald, 2005) is a treatment model for youths experiencing conduct problems with a trauma focused framework]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada. Language: French Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Fairy Tale Model, MASTR Protocol Accuracy Verified: Yes 176. Kutz, I., & Bleich, A. (2005). Mental health interventions in a general hospital following terrorist attacks: The Israeli experience. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 10(1/2), 425-437. doi:10.1300/J146v10n01_10. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder ASD Crisis Emergency Rooms Group Psychotherapy Israelis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Terrorism Accuracy Verified: Yes 177. Siegel, I. (2012, October). Mindful awareness and the role of resonance within EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindful Awareness Protocol Resonance Accuracy Verified: Yes 178. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindfulness Accuracy Verified: Yes 179. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase Accuracy Verified: Yes 180. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness as a stabilisation tools for trauma processing. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindfulness Poster Stabilization Accuracy Verified: Yes 181. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems: An open trial. In R. Greenwald (Ed.), Trauma and juvenile delinquency: Theory, research, and interventions, (pp. 237-261). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Maltreatment and Trauma Press/The Haworth Press. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Americans Clinical Trial Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Disruptive Behavior Disorders High School Students Individual Psychotherapy Junior High School Students Preadolescents School Based Treatment Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Accuracy Verified: Yes 182. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems: An open trial. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 6(1), 237-261. doi:10.1300/J146v06n01_12. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Americans Clinical Trial Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Disruptive Behavior Disorders High School Students Individual Psychotherapy Junior High School Students Preadolescents School Based Treatment Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Accuracy Verified: Yes 183. Wells, J. (1992, October 26). Moving finger points way to better performance. The Australian. Language: English Format: Magazine Abstract: Keywords: General Overview Sports Performance Accuracy Verified: No 184. Forgash, C. (2007, September). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health:
an EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy Integrated Treatment Phased Treatment Plan Accuracy Verified: Yes 185. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 186. Cooke, L. J. & Grand, C. (2009). The neruobiology of eating disorders, affect regulation skills, and EMDR in the treating of eating disorders. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 129-150). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.. Language: English Format: Book Section Keywords: Affect Regulation Eating Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 187. Lewis, B. (2009, July 4). New PTSD program answers need for comprehensive treatment. U.S. Department of Defense News Release. Language: English Format: Publication Abstract: The first few weeks focus on learning basic coping skills such as how to reduce anxiety and fight fear, as well as yoga and meditation for relaxation. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD, is also conducted during the early phases of the treatment program.
Accuracy Verified: Yes 188. Alden, S. (2001, April). New uses for eye movement therapy. Shape, 101. Language: English Format: Magazine Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 189. Hasanovic, M., Pajevic, I., Morgan, S., & Kravic, N. (2011, May). P03-140 - EMDR training for mental health therapists in postwar Bosnia-Herzegovina who work with psycho-traumatized population for increasing their psychotherapy capacities. European Psychiatry, 26(Supplement 1), 1309. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(11)73014-0
. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Bosnia-Herzegovina Mental Health Therapist Post-War Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 190. Nickeson, C. (2000, September). Panic disorder and EMDR: A primer for getting started with this population. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Toronto, Ontario Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Agoraphobia Panic Disorder Accuracy Verified: Yes 191. Potter, A., & Wesselmann, D. (2009, August). Phase-based trauma treatment of adults with problems of trauma and attachment: DBT and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 192. Potter, A. E. (2005, September). Phase-based trauma treatment: EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Stair Accuracy Verified: Yes 193. Potter, A. E. (2006, September). Phase-based trauma treatment: EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Stair Accuracy Verified: Yes 194. Laliotis, D. (2011, August). Plateaus of responsibility, safety, and choices: Case conceptualization and treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Choice Responsibility Safety Accuracy Verified: Yes 195. Daniel, J. (2000). Play therapy and EMDR. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html
November 16, 2011. Language: English Format: Newsletter Abstract: Keywords: Children Play Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 196. Stramrood, C., Paarlberg, K. M., Vingerhoets, A. J., van den Berg, P. P., & van Pampus, M. G. (2012, March). Posttraumatic stress following childbirth:
Diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Poster presented at the 70th annual scientific meeting of the American Psychomatic Society, Athens, Greece. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Childbirth Accuracy Verified: Yes 197. Klaff, F. (2005, September). Practical EMDR with children and adolescents: An integrative family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Children Integrative Family Systems Approach Accuracy Verified: Yes 198. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Presentation Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 199. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Presentation Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 200. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: M Keywords: Presentation Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 201. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Presentation Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 202. Tibaldi, M. (2004, Luglio-Dicembre). Psicologia analitica ed EMDR: Un'avvicinamento possibile? [Analytical psychology and EMDR: A rapprochement possible?]. Studi Junghiani, 10(2), 127-145. Language: Italian Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Accuracy Verified: Yes 203. Smith, G. (2005, September). The psychology of high-performing leaders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: High Performance Leaders Performance Enhancement Performance Barriers Accuracy Verified: Yes 204. van Loey, N. E. E., & van Son, M. J. M. (2003). Psychopathology and psychological problems in patients with burn scars: Epidemiology and management. American Journal of Clinical Dermatology, 4(4), 245-272. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Burns Comorbidity Epidemiology Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Predisposition PTSD Survivors Treatment Accuracy Verified: Yes 205. Omaha, J. (2004). Psychotherapeutic interventions for emotion regulation: EMDR and bilateral stimulation for affect management. New York: W. W. Norton. Language: English Format: Book Abstract: Keywords: Affect Management Emotional Control Emotional States Mental Health Personality Development Personality Disorders Psychopathology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Accuracy Verified: Yes 206. Roberson, M. (2004, November). Psychotherapy for trauma: A three part holistic approach. Bountiful Health. Language: English Format: Magazine Abstract: Keywords: Holistic Approach Practice Theory Accuracy Verified: Yes 207. Fay, D., & Fisher, J. A. (2003, November). Rebuilding the self after trauma: A skills building model for dissociative disorder patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL. Language: English Format: Conference Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 208. Cusack, K. J. (2001). Refugee experiences of trauma and PTSD: Effects on psychological, physical, and financial well-being. Western Michigan University. AAT 3028752. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Hopkins Symptom Checklist (HSC-25) Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD PTSD Scale Surveys Accuracy Verified: Yes 209. Cybela, D., & Karger, B. (2005, September). Removing internal barriers to leadership – An EMDR performance enhancement program. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Job Stress Management Related Stress Performance Enhancement Accuracy Verified: Yes 210. Parnell, L. (2012). Resource tapping activating your healing resources through bilateral stimulation. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive. Language: English Format: Video Abstract: Keywords: Resource Tapping Accuracy Verified: Yes 211. Figley, C., Dietrich, A., Maxfield, L., & Gentry, J. E. (1999, November). Review of neoteric trauma treatments and suggested practice guidelines. In C. Figley (Chair) Discussion, Clinical Theory. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Neoteric Trauma Treatments Practice Guidelines Accuracy Verified: Yes 212. Steele, A. (2001). The right side: Therapy from the right side of the brain: A role for EMDR with imaginal nurturing in the treatment of early neglect. Unpublished. Language: English Format: Other Abstract: T Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing Neglect Accuracy Verified: Yes 213. Sharp, I. R. (2003, August). The role of critical thinking skills in practicing psychologists' theoretical orientation and choice of intervention techniques. Drexel University. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 214. Cohen-Posey, K. (2000, September). The role of ‘second-order’ NCs in anxiety disorders and relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Negative Cognitions Obsessive Compulsive Disorders OCD Positive Cognitions Relationship Problems Accuracy Verified: Yes 215. Giovannozzi, G. (2013, June). Safety, regulation, self-regulation and eye contact: New challenges for EMDR therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Eye Contact Protocol Regulation Safety Accuracy Verified: Yes 216. Freitag, F. (2012, October). Setting standards using the core competency model – An example. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Core Competency Model Accuracy Verified: Yes 217. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders
[Siete
maneras
de
extender
el
protocolo
EMDR
basadas
en
hipnosis
clínica
para
pacientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis Accuracy Verified: Yes 218. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis Accuracy Verified: Yes 219. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2004, September). The short and the long of it: Crisis versus routine treatment of children and adolescents. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Children Accuracy Verified: Yes 220. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Counter-transference Dissociative Disorders Transference Accuracy Verified: Yes 221. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Countertransference Transference Accuracy Verified: Yes 222. Settle, C. (2008, June). Speciality topics on using EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Children Accuracy Verified: Yes 223. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2012). Specialty topics on using EMDR with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 145-153. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.145. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Attachment Children EMD Eye Movement Desensitization Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 224. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Children Dissociation: Six Tests Accuracy Verified: Yes 225. Adler-Tapia, R., Settle, C., & Onsager, D. (2004, September). Staying true to the model: Using the 8 phases of EMDR with children 2-10 years of age. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Children Accuracy Verified: Yes 226. Greenwald, R., Maguin, E., Smyth, N. J., Greenwald, H., Johnston, K. G., & Weiss, R. L. (2008, June). Teaching trauma-related insight improves attitudes and behaviors toward challenging clients. Traumatology, 14(2), 1-11. doi:10.1177/1534765608315635. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Case Conceptualization Cross-Cultural Methods/Comparisons Theory Therapist Training Training Methodology Trauma Treatment Planning Accuracy Verified: Yes 227. Lipke, H. (1995, June). Theoretical understanding of EMDR: Examples from treatment of veterans. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Veterans Accuracy Verified: Yes 228. Beswick, K. (2008, June). Theory and practice at the interface of EMDR and systemic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Practice Systematic Psychotherapy Theory Accuracy Verified: Yes 229. Spierings, J. (2010, July). The three tests: A systemic approach to stabilization. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Stabilization Accuracy Verified: Yes 230. Carvalho, E. R. (2012, Apr). Towards the application of the EMDR 8-phase approach to athletes with sports trauma. California Coast University, Santa Ana, CA. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Athletes Sports Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 231. Ferrie, R. K. (2006, September). Transforming imagery in the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Mental Imagery Accuracy Verified: Yes 232. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, R. (2010, June). Trauma and institutionalization -
EMDR: A tool to cure, relieve or prevent. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Institutionalization Accuracy Verified: Yes 233. Oglesby, C. (1994). Trauma in sport. In M. Williams and J. Sommers (Eds.), Handbook of post-traumatic therapy (pp ). Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract: Accuracy Verified: No 234. Oglesby, C. (2003, September). Trauma within sport. ICSSPE News, 39, 23. Language: English Format: Newsletter Accuracy Verified: Yes 235. Midboe, A., Benight, C., Harding, A., Iwaishi, S., & Johnson, L. (2002, November). A trauma-based treatment intervention for
domestic violence victims. Poster presented at the 18th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Domestic Violence Poster Accuracy Verified: Yes 236. Hensel, T. (2004). Traumazentrierte psychotherapie (EMDR) bei jugendlichen mit störungen des sozialverhaltens - Das MASTR - Manual [Traumazentrierte psychotherapy (EMDR) in adolescents with disorders of social behavior - the MASTR Manual]. Institut fur Traumatherapie. Language: German Format: Other Abstract: Keywords: Adolescents Social Behavior Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 237. Gomez, A. (2009, August). Treating children with persuasive emotion dysregulation using EMDR and adjunctive approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Children Dysregulation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 238. Marcus, S. (2007, June). Treating headaches with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Headaches Health Problems Illness Pain Accuracy Verified: Yes 239. York, C. (1995, June). Treating severely traumatized children – Assessment and treatment strategies for using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Children Accuracy Verified: Yes 240. de Jongh, A. (2006, June). Treatment of anxiety and phobias with EMDR: Rapid conceptualization: Effective procedures and proposals for changes of the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 241. Klaff, F. R. (1995, June). Treatment of children's fears with EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 242. Mevissen, L. (2011, June). Treatment of people with developmental disabilities. How far can we go?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Developmental Disabilities Treatment Accuracy Verified: Yes 243. Institute of Medicine, Committee on Treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (2008). Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder:
An assessment of the evidence. The National Academies Press, Washington, D. C. Retrieved from http://www.nap.edu/catalog/11955.html on 1/16/2009. Language: English Format: Other Abstract: Keywords: Posttraumtic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 244. Mevissen, L., Lievegoed, R., Seubert, A., & de Jongh, A.
(2012). Treatment of PTSD in people with severe intellectual disabilities: A case series. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 15(3), 223-232 doi:10.3109/17518423.2011.654283. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Case Study Intellectual Disabilities Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapy Trauma Treatment Accuracy Verified: Yes 245. Uram, S. (2007, September). Understanding Your Adult EMDR Clients from a Developmental perspective: How childhood brain development correlates with coping skills and vulnerabilities to trauma. Presentation at the annual mmeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brain Development Accuracy Verified: Yes 246. Foster, S. (2000, September). Unique EMDR applications for building your private practice: Escaping managed care. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Private Practice Accuracy Verified: Yes 247. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2008, September). Updates in EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Consultation Accuracy Verified: Yes 248. Ferrie, R. (2012, April). The use of dreams in ego state and EMDR therapies for trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociation Dreams Ego State Therapy Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 249. Barker, R., & Barker, S. B. (2007). The use of EMDR in reducing presentation anxiety: A case study. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 100-108. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.100. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Performance Enhancement Presentation Anxiety Accuracy Verified: Yes 250. de Roos, C., & Veenstra, S. (2006, June). Using EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Chronic Pain Accuracy Verified: Yes 251. Paulsen, S. (2006, September). Using EMDR with individuals with austistic spectrum disorders – A protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Autistic Spectrum Disorder Accuracy Verified: Yes 252. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Energy Psychology Accuracy Verified: Yes 253. Cybela, D. & Karger, B. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR pour l’amélioration de la performance et développement du leadership dans des organismes gouvernementaux [Using EMDR in Performance Enhancement for Leadership Development in a government organization]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada. Language: French Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Leadership Development Management Stress Performance Enhancement Accuracy Verified: Yes 254. Lovell, C., & Langford, K. (2005, September). Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Dialectical Behavioral Therapy DBT Posttrauamatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Recovery Groups Accuracy Verified: Yes 255. Lovell, C., & Langford, K. (2003, September). Utilizing EMDR techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Trauma Recovery Groups Accuracy Verified: Yes 256. Laban, C. J., Somers, J. A. G., Gokoel, K., & Minkenberg, E. (2011, April). Van transculturele verwarring, naar kennis en kunde [Of cross-cultural confusion, for knowledge and skills]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam
. Language: Dutch Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Cross-Cultural Accuracy Verified: Yes 257. Gilman, G. (1995). Vision therapy. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(2), 21-23. Language: English Format: Newsletter Abstract: Keywords: Vision Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 258. Hummel, H., & Matthess, H. (2005, June). What to teach beside EMDR in trauma-centered psychotherapy. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 259. Wilensky, M., & O'Shea, K. (2013, May). When calm/safe place doesn’t work. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Calm/Safe Place Preparation Phase Self-Soothing Skills Accuracy Verified: Yes 260. Spierings, J. (2004, June). Working with EMDR in the treatments of clients with other (sub)cultures and religions: multi-culti EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Working with traumatized clients from other cultures can be very demanding, and even frustrating: many times it just does not work out, despite your compassion and efforts. “Just staying out of the way” many times is not enough to do this job. Keywords: Africa Asia Diversity Intercultural Competence Intercultural Interweaves Mediterranean Multi-Cultural Refugee Trust-Building Techniques Accuracy Verified: Yes 261. de Jongh, A. (2008, Maart). Workshop effectief conceptualiseren en scherpstellen [Workshop effectively conceptualize and focus]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland. Language: Dutch Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Case Conceptualization Cognitions Identifying Touchstone Event Accuracy Verified: Yes 262. Shapiro, F. (1991, August). Worth repeating. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(1), 1-2. Language: English Format: Newsletter Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 263. Hill, L. (2008, June). ‘Saving Private Ryan’ – with the help of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Military Accuracy Verified: Yes
The goal of this paper is to examine one therapy process in order to explore what resources EMDR treatment can provide to complex traumatized clients with previous long-term therapies. How important is the role of mind/body connection? How could it be best observed and taken into consideration when deciding on therapeutic choices during difference phases in psychotherapy? This case raises also the following questions: When it is best to use EMDR? How do the therapist and client know when the client is ready for EMDR? How can clients learn to feel, become aware of their own bodies, observe their body sensations and label these observations? What is the importance of these skills before using EMDR? How do EMDR protocols work in this context?
Case: This client had been severely traumatized in childhood and also in adult life. She came to EMDR treatment with own question: “Have I ever been able to feel anything?” She had been in different psychotherapies, but her body was not ready for EMDR and she could not regulate emotions. She had good ego strength. This presentation shows how the therapy process progressed and it includes a therorectical discussion.
It is possible to integrate different kinds of therapies. Previous “traditional talking therapies” can give to the client the necessary ego strength, boundaries and make it easier to build a therapeutic relationship. Since trauma-related syndromes split the mind and body, it is necessary to address what occurs in the body, just as it is equally necessary to use words to make sense of and describe an experience. E
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.
Brain injury is the often overlooked result of abuse, accidents, sports injury, seizure disorder, tumors/surgery, and toxic exposure/overdose. Symptoms from brian injury are often attributed to other causes, including depression, addiction, and even schizophrenia impeding treatment. There will be practical suggestions regarding: 1) assessment for symptoms of brain injury in your population; 2) applying EMDR approach within a comprehensive treatment plan; and 3) how to use strategies to treat symptoms of dysregulation and to reinforce skills. In addition, the cognitive, emotional, behavioral, and social effects of brain injury will be addressed.
This workshop will draw on clinical experience and expertise with Eating Disordered clients and EMDR to delineate creative ways to utilize EMDR
with this population. A stage oriented approach will be presented, addressing attachment styles, affect skills and ego strengths development, symptom management, trauma resolution, personal enhancement and body image clarification. EMDR is being used to treat clients with a variety of
trauma related conditions. Eating disordered clients very often have traumatic histories. We will utilize principles associated with attachment
theory, affect regulation and trauma treatment as the foundation to a staged treatment approach with eating disorders. We will incorporate the
standard EMDR protocol as well as some deviations into the overall treatment.
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]
This workshop will: 1) increase participants’ basic skills in using EMDR; 2) increase participants’ knowledge of, and ability to apply, a conceptual framework to use with EMDR; and 3) increase participants’ ability to work with difficult clients.
Directives and strategic interventions were used in
therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small
number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research
institute) in Palo Alto. California.
First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone
with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the
sessions the family members. people who are contributing to
the problem and people who will come up and help to find
solutions.
The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not
preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem.
Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how
change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that:
they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the
relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'.
They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction
(behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized
around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was
large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties
of techniques that belong to other approaches without
any confusion.
In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week
for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach
heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average
of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their
approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names:
Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family
Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and
some others.
One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate
efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when
trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem,
then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist.
Our learning objectives are:
1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and
Brief Strategic Family Therapy
2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT
3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention.
The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that
the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has
not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times
the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions
other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose
without causing any mental confusion on the part of the
therapist and the client.
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
The principles of this conceptual framework are: (1) personality organization is
dissociative as well as associative, consisting of ego states, and progresses through
stages of psychosocial development; (2) inappropriately activated ego states cause
dysfunction, which is habitual or due to the intense affect of disrupted development
or unresolved grief or trauma; (3) completely overcoming dysfunction requires
therapy with both individual ego states and the personality system; (4) clinical
hypnosis provides techniques to enhance accessing ego states; and (5) EMDR
combines ego-state therapy with eye movements (EMs) to produce a powerful
psychotherapy method. During assessment, ego states responsible for
dysfunctional emotional reactions and behavior are identified together with those
that could be appropriate instead. Included in the treatment protocol, EMs and
clinical hypnosis promote: (1) corrective developmental experiences; (2) resolution
of grief and trauma; (3) acquisition of skills and abilities; (4) co-consciousness;
and (5) negotiation among ego states. The outcome is an integrated “family of
self” that has effectively overcome developmental crises, grief, and trauma, is
aware of essential inner resources, and can consciously activate appropriate ego
states. [Author Abstract]
L’optimisme peut être envisagé selon plusieurs approches. Il est possible d’envisager une approche directe comme, par exemple, la proposition de Carver et Scheier, 1982 et le concept d’optimisme dispositionnel. Il est également possible d’envisager une approche indirecte comme celle d’Abramson et al., 1978 et le concept de style explicatif optimiste. Quelle que soit l’option retenue, l’optimisme est associé principalement à des effets bénéfiques, et ce quels que soient les contextes : la santé, le monde du travail et de l’école, ou la performance sportive par exemple. En conséquence, mettre au point des techniques destinées à augmenter le niveau d’optimisme est devenu crucial dans différents domaines. Cet article a pour objectif de présenter brièvement certaines de ces techniques et de développer plus précisément l’apport de l’eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) au développement d’un style explicatif optimiste dans le domaine du sport. Les limites, mais aussi les pistes prometteuses seront précisées.
Summary: Optimism can be seen in several approaches. It is possible to consider a direct approach, for example, the proposal of Carver and Scheier, 1982 and the concept of dispositional optimism. It is also possible to consider an indirect approach like that of Abramson et al., 1978 and the concept of optimistic explanatory style. Whatever option is chosen, the optimism is mainly associated with beneficial effects, and whatever contexts: health, the world of work and school, or athletic performance for example. As a result, developing techniques to increase the level of optimism has become crucial in various fields. This article aims to briefly present some of these techniques and develop more precisely the contribution of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to develop an optimistic explanatory style in the field of sport. Limits, but also promising directions will be specified.
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time
orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and
PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills
readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the
high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time
orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and
art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives:
• Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are
• Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma
• Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used.
• Describe 5 ways to time orient a client
• Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.
PTSD experts have recently pointed out that while traumatic events have been the core of cultural tales for centuries, it is highly unlikely today that any individual will avoid the direct experience of a traumatic event during a lifetime. The present study was an initial exploration of the effectiveness of an approach, designed for clinical issues of trauma, in sport; a nonclinical, field study environment marked by consistent high pressure to perform with excellence. The hypotheses of the study called for examination of pre and post treatment scores of control, EMDR, and placebo group subjects on five dependent variables: States of Consciousness During Movement Activity Inventory (SCMAI); State-trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI); Coach-Perceived Performance Rating (CPPR); Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS); and Validity of Cognition Scale (VoC).Collegiate varsity athletes (N = 48) from the sports of field hockey, gymnastics, lacrosse, track and field, and volleyball were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. The control group completed the SCMAI and STAI with 3 to 4 weeks intervening. The placebo group completed the inventories and a week later met with a sport psychology consultant (researcher) for focus on the identified "worst moment in sport." The SUDS and VoC scores were collected during the session. After another week, the inventories were completed for the last time. The pattern for the eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) group was identical to the placebo group except the session followed a basic protocol for EMDR. The focus of the session was, again, the subjects, worst moment in sport. The results revealed no statistically significant pre to post changes in treatment group scores in regard to the SCMAI, STAI, and coach-perceived performance. Results significant p < .02 were found on the SUDS and VoC as the EMDR group reported more favorable gains that did the placebo group. Additionally, descriptive statistics, and qualitative protocol examples, were utilized to illustrate trends of potential individual benefit from the EMDR procedure. This research represented the first study of a potential line of research examining the efficacy of EMDR with athletes and, perhaps, with performers in various peak performance settings. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(3-B), Sep 1999, pp. 1292.
Is there a spooky psychiatrist, a la Dr. Emil Skoda, who can be relied upon to thwart defendants’ insanity pleas? Absolutely: Her name is Dr. Elizabeth Rawls, and she sports a mean tonsure of darkly coiffed dreadlocks. In a forthcoming episode, Dr. Rawls solves a murder using EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) therapy, which looks a lot like hypnosis but has a much fancier name.
The purpose of this project was to propose a long-term, theoretically sound and research
supported person-centered grief counseling group for adult women who were sexually abused as
children. A review of the literature indicated that child abuse survivors can benefit from
supportive group counseling; sharing a context of common experience seems to aid in their
healing process. The proposed program recognizes the need to provide women who were abused
with a trusting, social environment that helps to remove the secrecy and isolation, decrease the
feelings of shame and self-blame, and increase self-esteem and self-worth. The integration of a
nondirective approach with grief counseling creates a more comprehensive approach in which to
support the development of social skills and healthy and trusting relationships. The group is
structured for survivors to share their experiences, heal from their traumas, and find the tools to
move forward into happier, healthier, and better functioning lives.
Comments on the original article by R. A. Bryant (see record 2011-21915-016) regarding psychological interventions for trauma exposure and PTSD. Systematic reviews demonstrate that of the CBT interventions, exposure-based interventions are considered the treatment of choice for PTSD. However, what is most striking about this chapter is the dearth of literature focusing on the essential components of the evidence-based interventions for PTSD. Thus, despite the increasing evidence base, there remains ambiguity concerning the 'active ingredients' of CBT and EMDR interventions for PTSD, including the specific content of the intervention, the delivery style, where the intervention should take place and the skills and expertise required to deliver it. It could be argued that we have two evidence-based interventions but that they are not being implemented into the clinical arena by therapists for a variety of reasons, we don't know whether they are acceptable to patients and there is a lack of literature concerning the critical ingredients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Making EMDR User Friendly For Asians:
1. Training Asians in EMDR
• Issues of confidentiality
• Fears of being judged by colleagues
• School systems in Asia being shame based
• Shame in speaking about personal issues
• Poor knowledge of own emotions
• Issues of fate and karma
• Need for Asian facilitators to be assertive with authority figures
• Hesitancy of Asian trainees to ask questions
• Western facilitators receive more compliance but need for Asian facilitators
• Need for translated material to be in colloquial language
• Need for Asian vignettes.
2. Practicing EMDR by Asian practitioners and for Asian clients:
• Problems with extremes – SUD’s and VOC,
• Clients struggle with emphasis on individual not family,
• Loss of face for practitioner to use manual,
• Most Asian clients have poor imaginative or visualization skills,
• Physical sensations are more available than emotions,
• Lack of anger at abusive family members and authority figures,
• Issues of ghosts and superstitions.
3. Supervision of Asian EMD, • Provide supervisees of own mistakes,
• Providing supervision in countries where there are no consultants or facilitators,
• Can provide Western supervisors-but best might be co-leading supervision with a local practitioner.
My material for this presentation has been developed over 13 years of using EMDR with Asian clients and from 10 years of
providing facilitation and supervision for EMDR trainees. Also my many years in Asia, speaking the languages and having
been partly raised by Chinese nannies, have given me an understanding of Asian values, family organization and taboos. I
would like this workshop to provide a springboard for discussions with the attendees in collecting other ides for making EMDR Asian friendly.
Le modèle «conte de fées» et la thérapie MASTR pour traiter les traumatismes chez les jeunes ont été développés par Dr. Ricky Greenwald. Il s’agit d’un protocole thérapeutique préparatoire pour faciliter l’EMDR avec les préadolescents et adolescents. Ce modèle a permis d’obtenir des résultats intéressants pour ce qui est de l’intervention face à divers comportements problématiques, notamment les troubles de la conduite, l’agression, la violence familiale, la maltraitance et l’abus de substances. Cette présentation propose un survol des éléments du cadre théorique, un résumé des résultats de recherche en appui au modèle et l’enseignement
d’habiletés cliniques qui tiennent compte du trauma pour effectuer l’évaluation et la planification du traitement. À l’aide d’exercices pratiques, d’une démonstration et d’un extrait vidéo, les quatre premières séances seront
abordées : la prise de contact, l’histoire des traumas ou des pertes, le rêve d’avenir et le contrat.
The Fairy Tale Model and MASTR Protocol in the treatment of traumas in youths were both developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald. It’s a protocol designed to prepare for and to facilitate EMDR processing with pre-teens and teens. This approach provides interesting results with a wide array of problem behaviour: aggression, family
violence, substance abuse, etc. This workshop’s goal is to present the theoretical framework for this model, the results of studies supporting its use, as well as teaching clinical skills that take into account the trauma history when evaluating and planning for treatment. This workshop will focus on the first 4 sessions: contact – history taking (trauma & losses) – dreams for the future – and the therapeutic contract. Practices, demonstrations and video excerpts will be provided.
Over three years of repeated terrorist attacks in Israel have shown that the victims suffering from acute stress syndromes constitute the bulk of the casualties. The large number of psychological victims presents an immediate problem of hospital surge capacity. The need for alleviating acute suffering and preventing chronic, disabling posttraumatic syndromes requires organizational and clinical skills. The article reviews deployment and intervention protocols for the treatment of victims and affected staff members in a general hospital setting. [Author Abstract]
This workshop is experiential and informational, describing the use of tools of intuitive mindful skills and resonance within EMDR protocol. Theories and research will be presented reflecting the convergence of psychology, science, and spirituality. Relationship to brain integration and processing will be linked to tools of intuitive processes within expanded awareness and an interconnected field of energy and informational flow between therapist and client. Participants will identify internal feedback mechanisms through the use of guided imagery, leading to a nonlinear, moment to moment integrative therapy. Applications to the EMDR process and attachment issues will be discussed through case presentation.
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Both EMDR and Trauma-Focused CBT are the two main recommended treatments for symptoms of trauma meeting diagnostic criteria for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder.
In accordance with current literature, contrasting the use of Trauma-Focused CBT with EMDR, it has been found in practise by the author that overall, clients using EMDR experience significantly less long-term distress and appears to process much more quickly than clients engaging in trauma-focused CBT. However, the effect of bodily sensations does not tend to differ between the two groups nor does flashbacks or dissociative tendencies.
Specifically, dissociation is not uncommon in traumatised clients and in clients with a diagnosis of post traumatic stress disorder. The existence of dissociative tendencies can pose a realistic problem in effectively processing traumatic memories, regardless of whether the method being used is trauma-focused cognitive-behavioural exposure-based methods or EMDR.
Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method for reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005) and has since been found to reduce dissociation on the DES scale, when measured pre and post teaching clients the basics of the MBSR programme (taught on a 1-to-1 basis).
Equally, the level of flashbacks and bodily reactions subside dramatically when Mindfulness is taught prior to trauma processing, compared with clients who engage in trauma processing without any form of stabilisation.
The author has not found any evidence that the use of Mindfulness body-scan increases traumatic body memory in trauma survivors.
The purpose of this workshop is to explore the application of mindfulness, through experiencing aspects of the Mindfulness programme. Case studies will be presented to demonstrate the application of mindfulness as a stabilisation took, paying specific attention to clients with dissociative tendencies and personality disorders evolving from trauma.
In addition, role plays between participants will be used to practise the skills of mindfulness in relation to stabilisation prior to trauma processing.
Published simultaneously as Journal of Agression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 6(10, (#11) 2002.
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of adolescent conduct problems, in conjunction with other contributing factors. A trauma-focused individual therapy approach is presented as one example of how this population might be more effectively treated. This approach features motivational interviewing, self-control training (cognitive-behavioral therapy), and trauma resolution (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). This paper reports on an open trial of six adolescents with school and conduct problems who received school-based Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) treatment. Reductions in post-traumatic stress, related symptoms, and problem behaviors, along with improved school performance, indicate the value of further study of this treatment approach. [Author Summary]
The moving finger may
have written one of the most
important sport storles of the
age in the past fortnight.
The finger of Sydney psychiatrist
Dr. Bob Hampshire
was waved daily in the eyes of
Brett Dutton, Jeff Stewart,
Jamie Kelly, David Perry, and
Mark Elliott of the Ansett
Australia team during the
Pacific Power-Commonwealth
Bank Cycle Classic.
And if Hampshire is right, a
painless technique called
EMD (Eye Movement Desensitisation)
may have opened
up a golden avenue in the
brain for improved sporting
performance.
EMDR and Ego State integrated treatment provides a clinical model for dealing with health problems in complex trauma survivors. Health problems are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders and PTSD symptoms in adult survivors. This presentation will focus on the treatment of these disorders. EMDR and Ego State techniques will be utilized to help the CTS patient: a) manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess traumatic events; b) become assertive health consumers and deal with medical/dental procedures and tests; c) learn skills such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits, etc.
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with
current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma
survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative
disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of
adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated,
misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health
needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good
health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR
treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized
Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage
triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze,
hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these
problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current
health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills
development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal,
identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]
Some people sufferinq from post-traumatic stress disorder, such as rape or accident victims, have been helped by eye movement desensitization reprocessinq (EMDR), a technique that involves a trained therapist rapidly movinq his or finqers in front of the patient's eyes. Now, some practitioners are usinq it to enhance performance in fields as varied as sports, business and the arts and to help people overcome psycholoqical hurdles such as stage fright. One example: Arden Mahlberq. P~.D..a clinical
psycholoqist in Madison, Wis., treated a woman who wanted to qo on
a horseback-ridinq vacation with her husband but was afraid of horses.
"The woman attained her qoal after one EMDR session," Mahlberq says.
"In fact, they qave her the most challenqinq horse."
After war 1992–1995 in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH), whole population was highly psych-traumatized. Mental health therapists had no enough capacities to meet needs of population. They are permanently in need to increase their psychotherapy capacities. EMDR is a powerful, state-of-the-art treatment. Its effectiveness and efficacy has been validated by extensive research. National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) recommended it as one of two trauma treatments of choice.
Aim:
To describe non profit, humanitarian approach in sharing skills of Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitization (EMDR) to mental health therapists in BH from Humanitarian Assistance Program (HAP) of UK & Ireland.
Method:
Authors described educational process considering the history of idea and its realization through training levels and process of supervision.
Results:
Highly skilled and internationally approved trainers from HAP UK & Ireland came four times to Psychiatry Department of University Clinical Center Tuzla in BH where they provided completed EMDR training for 24 trainees: neuro- psychiatrists, residents of neuro-psychiatry and psychologists from eight different health institutions from six different cities in BH. After finishing training process, trainees are obliged to practice their EMDR therapy in daily practice with real clients under the supervision process of HAP UK & Ireland trainers to become certified EMDR therapists. Regarding big physical distance between supervisors and trainees, supervision will be realized via Skype Internet technology.
Conclusion
Psychotherapy capacities of mental health psychotherapists in postwar BH could be increased with enthusiastic help of EMDR trainers from HAP UK&Ireland.
Participants will 1) be presented with the cognitive behavioral explanation of the dynamics of panic and agorphobia; 2) learn how to teach clients the basic skills they need in order to master their emotional reactions; and 3) learn how to use EMDR in each stage of treatment, that is, to address old memories and past incidents, current triggers, and to do future template work.
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as other complex psychiatric issues, have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation and attachments. Phase-based trauma treatment (DBT followed by EMDR) assists clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills and developing healthy interpersonal relationships during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation offers rationale and instruction for phase-based treatment with complex client populations. Case and video examples and the results of a small pilot project are utilized to illustrate topics presented.
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as
well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/
addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or
severe mental illness often have significant skill
deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This
presentation will explain the concepts of emotion
regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral
manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients'
difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with
their ability to process traumatic memories with a
minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a
worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma
treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in
developing adequate emotion regulation skills
during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to
trauma processing. This presentation will offer
rationale for phase-based treatment with certain
client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be
integrated into the second level of phase-based
trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of
exposure therapy for trauma processing.
Additionally, this presentation will establish how
skills learned in the initial phase of trauma
treatment can be employed during EMDR positive
resource development and as cognitive interweaves
during EMDR trauma processing. Case and
videotape examples will be utilized throughout the
presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as
well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/
addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or
severe mental illness often have significant skill
deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This
presentation will explain the concepts of emotion
regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral
manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients'
difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with
their ability to process traumatic memories with a
minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a
worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma
treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in
developing adequate emotion regulation skills
during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to
trauma processing. This presentation will offer
rationale for phase-based treatment with certain
client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be
integrated into the second level of phase-based
trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of
exposure therapy for trauma processing.
Additionally, this presentation will establish how
skills learned in the initial phase of trauma
treatment can be employed during EMDR positive
resource development and as cognitive interweaves
during EMDR trauma processing. Case and
videotape examples will be utilized throughout the
presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.
This workshop is for EMDR clinicians seeking to deepen their understanding of EMDR case conceptualization and treatment planning incorporating the informational plateaus of Responsibility, Safety and Choices. These informational plateaus are being presented as developmental plateaus, where deficits in the memory network exist due to a lack of earlier positive experiences to master developmental tasks. Participants will be able to: develop a working definition of each of the plateaus that informs target memory selection and negative beliefs; develop a treatment plan distinguishing between primary and secondary issues; identify and implement present triggers and future template scenarios that address developmental deficits and skills.
Children vary greatly in their ability to tolerate focusing on “the problem.” The wise EMDR therapist has various ways of approaching a traumatic memory or a current day problem to fit the tolerance level of the client. EMDR and the process of bilateral stimulation to address problematic material is one method of speeding up therapeutic work with children. However, when using bilateral stimulation with children I am simultaneously using my training as a family systems therapist, and the various play therapy strategies that were the backbone of my work with children before I learned EMDR or other alternative therapies. In a way, EMDR and the sand tray saved my professional life. In my first year of practice after my family therapy post-graduate training, I got a job at a family therapy clinic in Louisville, Kentucky. I was assigned to handle all referrals that came to the agency through a Victim Assistance grant. All of these were cases in which a child had been victim of some crime, and the majority were victims of abuse from some one other than a family member. You can imagine the population. Families who had found that a neighbor or teacher had abused their child were common. Both child and family were traumatized. My family therapy skills were good. But in addition to them I needed two things: a better way for children to communicate their feelings and a way to help both adults and children reduce the intensity of emotions around the trauma they had been through. Just (Continued from page 1) when I was beginning to feel that I was not up to the job, I learned EMDR. With this wonderful knowledge, I found I could help both children and adults move beyond the trauma and regain their grasp on the present moment, their strengths and their security. A deepening understanding of play therapy provided the additional communication tools I needed. Since Then I have never looked back, and find that our field is continually generating new perspectives and more efficient tools for us to use.
Background: What to do with women who experienced childbirth as so
traumatic that they keep having nightmares, flashbacks and problems
concentrating, who do not want to become pregnant again or demand a
cesarean section at the next delivery? One to two percent of women
suffers from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) following childbirth,
which may affect mother-child bonding as well as future pregnancies.
Methods: Based on current knowledge from literature, including own
research, an overview will be presented of the prevalence, risk factors,
diagnosis and treatment of PTSD following childbirth. Results: PTSD
is an anxiety disorder affecting 1-2 percent of women after childbirth.
Risk factors include [a] obstetric complications and interventions
(emergency cesarean section, preterm birth), [b] history of psychiatric
problems or depression/anxiety during pregnancy, [c] psychosocial
factors (low coping skills, low social support). Furthermore, 50 percent
of women with PTSD following childbirth also suffers from
postpartum depression. When PTSD is suspected, clinicians can use the
self-report measure Traumatic Event Scale-B to quantify symptoms,
and refer to a psychiatrist/psychologist if necessary. Several studies
indicate that spontaneous remission of PTSD following childbirth is
uncommon. Possible negative consequences of the condition include
insecure attachment of the infant, impaired partner relationship,
avoiding future pregnancies and demanding a cesarean section in a
subsequent pregnancy. Although these possible adverse outcomes
justify treatment and prevention, effective interventions and prevention
strategies have not been adequately researched in this patient group.
International guidelines regarding PTSD in other (non-pregnant)
populations point to eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) as the most
promising treatments. Identification of women at risk, both during
pregnancy and postpartum, is key to early intervention and possible
prevention. Conclusions: Posttraumatic stress disorder following
childbirth is a serious condition affecting 1-2 percent of postpartum
women, with higher prevalence rates among women with complicated pregnancies/deliveries and those with a history of mental health issues.
Adequate identification of women at risk and those with clinical
symptoms is key to early intervention and eventually prevention.
This workshop offers creative and practical applications for integrating
EMDR into child, adolescent and family systems therapy. Ways to introduce
EMDR, uncover targets, adapt cognitive interweave to different ages and
stages of development and assess and utilize parental involvement will be
taught. Problems, such as resistance, family complexities and chronic versus
crisis problems, will be addressed. Enhancement skills including affect
management and ego strengthening will be taught. The how-to's of play, art,
music and stories as vehicles for creatively using EMDR will be demonstrated.
Cases involving ADHD, adoption, cutting, divorce, sexual abuse and other
traumas will be illustrated with videos, scripts and roleplay. Dr. Klaff is
known far her lively presentations, creativity and humor.
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach the key proven-effective methods used by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
any aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Attraverso la narrazione del proprio incontro con l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), l’autrice presenta la Teoria dell’Elaborazione Accelerata dell’Informazione e il protocollo di Francine Shapiro, usato nel trattamento delle esperienze traumatiche codificate a livello somatico. Sono evidenziate le competenze psicologico-analitiche che valorizzano l’uso di questa metodica e si discute la possibilità di ricorrere, nel trattamento di sintomi resistenti alla terapia verbale, a un setting integrato nel quale l’EMDR rappresenti, tra l’altro, un punto di partenza per l’elaborazione immaginale.
Through the narration of his encounter with the EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), the author presents Accelerated Information Processing model Francine Shapiro used in the treatment of traumatic experiences encoded at a somatic level. They highlighted the psychological and analytical skills which enhance the use of these methods and discusses the possibility of making use in the treatment of symptoms resistant to talk therapy, to an integrated setting in which EMDR represents, among other things, a point basis for the development imaginal.
This workshop will introduce the latest research on the psychology of high performing leaders, and a system for applying it to your EMDR Performance
Enhancement work. Participants will lean how to: explain to their client
the skills, psychological characteristics, and critical success factors of High-
Performing Leaders; explain to their clients the "derailment" factors and
non-rational thinking patterns that are the primary barriers lo high performance;
use this information to do optimum EMDR Performance
Enhancement case conceptualization; utilize the standard EMDR protocol
to reduce/eliminate any performance barriers; utilize an integrated RDI
protocol to strengthen and develop high-performance skills and traits.
Burn injury is often a devastating event with long-term physical and psychosocial effects. Burn scars after deep dermal injury are cosmetically disfiguring and force the scarred person to deal with an alteration in body appearance. In addition, the traumatic nature of the burn accident and the painful treatment may induce psychopathological responses. Depression and PTSD, which are prevalent in 13-23% and 13-45% of cases, respectively, have been the most common areas of research in burn patients. Risk factors related to depression are pre-burn depression and female gender in combination with facial disfigurement. Risk factors related to PTSD are pre-burn depression, type and severity of baseline symptoms, anxiety related to pain, and visibility of burn injury. Neuropsychological problems are also described, mostly associated with electrical injuries. Social problems include difficulties in sexual life and social interactions. Quality of life initially seems to be lower in burn patients compared with the general population. Problems in the mental area are more troublesome than physical problems. Over a period of many years, quality of life was reported to be rather good. Mediating variables such as low social support, emotion and avoidant coping styles, and personality traits such as neuroticism and low extraversion, negatively affect adjustment after burn injury. Few studies of psychological treatments in burn patients are available. From general trauma literature, it is concluded that cognitive (behavioral) and pharmacological (selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors) interventions have a positive effect on depression. With respect to PTSD, exposure therapy and eye movement reprocessing and desensitization [EMDR] are successful. Psychological debriefing aiming to prevent chronic post-trauma reactions has not, thus far, shown a positive effect in burn patients. Treatment of problems in the social area includes cognitive-behavioral therapy, social skills training, and community interventions. Sexual health promotion and counseling may decrease problems in sexual life. In conclusion, psychopathology and psychological problems are identified in a significant minority of burn patients. Symptoms of mood and anxiety disorders (of which PTSD is one) should be the subject of screening in the post-burn phase and treated if indicated. A profile of the patient at risk, based on pre-injury factors such as pre-morbid psychiatric disorder and personality characteristics, peri-traumatic factors and post-burn factors, is presented. Finally, objective characteristics of disfigurement appear to play a minor role, although other factors, such as proneness to shame, body image problems, and lack of self-esteem, may be of significance. [Author Abstract]
The present work represents a new phase in a profound revolution in psychotherapy, in which affects take their rightful place of equality with cognitions, drives, and behavior among the modalities that must be interpreted by theory and embraced by therapy in understanding both normal and pathological personality development (Cicchetti, Ackerman, & Izard, 1995). The book synthesizes experimental and theoretical advances regarding the primacy of affect in both human psychological health and dysfunction. These advances are translated into practical clinical applications the clinician can immediately utilize. The clinical interventions presented here are solidly grounded in recent experimental advances in understanding the developmental neurobiology of affect (Schore, 1994). These skills and concepts lay the foundation for a new approach to treating psychopathology that begins with the affects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
A person’s response to trauma is always both physical and emotional. For
many, it is also important to integrate the spiritual aspect into the recovery. Often
there are three parts to holistic trauma psychotherapy: (1) stabilization
(understanding symptoms in a new way, as well as learning skills to manage
emotions and cope with life stresses); (2) processing the trauma itself; and (3)
reexamining the spiritual meaning, life direction, and relationships.
This study examined the traumatic experiences and psychological symptoms of 60 refugees who were recently resettled in the United States. Subjects were from Cuba, Iraq, Haiti, Sudan, and Bosnia. Data was collected for each subject on traumatic experiences occurring prior to their arrival. In addition, anxiety and depression were assessed using the Hopkins Symptom Checklist (HSC-25). Quality of life and coping skills were assessed using the WHO Quality of Life-BREF and the Coping Styles Questionnaire, respectively. Trained, bi-lingual interviewers assessed for PTSD using the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale. All instruments were translated into the appropriate language for subjects who did not speak English. Measures were back-translated to assure accuracy of translations. Three months following their arrival, information was collected regarding employment and public assistance. Predictors of PTSD, quality of life, and refugee self-sufficiency were analyzed using multiple regression and logistic regression analyses. Trauma-related variables were predictive of PTSD, which in turn had a negative impact on quality of life and self-sufficiency. Implications for the resettlement programs of government and non-governmental organizations are discussed.
A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDRA can be an effective leadership development tool. The issue of management related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership wit Marathon County, has created an innovative package for leadership development, which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participants' self-confidence, optimism, and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative and positive cognitions unique to this population are noted.
Dr. Parnell teaches basic skills in resource tapping, an EMDR-related technique that harnesses the power of imagery and bilateral body stimulation to achieve healing. She describes how this clinically recognized system impacts affect management, ego strengthening, and emotional regulation as well as its capacity to build resilience and calm the body on a deep physiological level.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR),
Thought Field Therapy (TFT), Time-Limited Trauma Therapy (TLTT),
Traumatic Incident Reduction (TIR), and Visual/Kinesthetic
Dissociation (V/KD) are relatively new approaches in the treatment
of trauma-related disorders. These approaches have come
under intense scientific and professional scrutiny and criticism,
with proponents and critics offering diverse and intriguing arguments
in support of their respective points of view. This discussion
will focus on the current empirical and anecdotal evidence on
the efficacy of these five approaches, as well as various criticisms
that have been proferred in response to the empirical and clinical
literature on treatment efficacy and theory. EMDR will be highlighted,
given the growing empirical database on EMDR outcome
studies and the contention surrounding the treatment and its’ theory.
The evidence for and/or against the other four approaches will
also be presented, upon which we will raise for discussion issues
relating to methodological rigour, scientific reporting of clinical
data, and the interpretation of efficacy studies in general. The discussion
will occur within the context of philosophical discourse on
the ideal of integration of science and practice, and the feasibility
of attaining this ideal within the current scientific Zeitgeist.
INTERVENTION RESEARCH, CLINICAL CASE STUDY
Sandringham
Skills-Based Treatment
of Dissociation: A Case Study 238
Chair: ELHAI, Jon D., Nova Southeastern University
Discussant: GOLD, Stephen
A clinical case study of skills-based treatment of a 48-year-old,
female survivor of child sexual abuse (CSA) reporting severe dissociative
symptomatology is presented. Chief complaints were daily
amnestic episodes, depersonalization, panic attacks, agoraphobia,
and consequent long-term unemployment. In contrast to most
approaches to therapy for dissociative syndromes, it is argued that
treatment does not need to be primarily trauma-focused. Instead
treatment focused on targeting dissociation and anxiety by teaching
skills to be implemented by the client outside of session.
Functional behavioral analysis of particular recent incidents of dissociation
were conducted over several sessions. Imagery-based
relaxation and progressive muscle relaxation were used and monitored
to help the client learn additional methods of reducing distress.
Grounding techniques were implemented to counter the dissociative
tendency to lose experiential awareness of the here and
now. Cognitive interventions were utilized to challenge the erroneous
notions reported about dissociative experiences, such as the
panic she experienced when her dissociation had been revealed to
others. Last, in vivo systematic desensitization was used with a fear
hierarchy, ranging from the least to most fearful stimuli that precipitate
dissociation, where graduated exposure was followed by relaxation.
At termination the client reported elimination of panic
attacks, resumption of driving, and marked reduction in frequency
and duration of amnestic periods, with substantial additional gains
and progress in finding full-time employment reported at 8 month
follow-up. Treatment outcome is assessed based on psychological
test data obtained at intake, discharge, and 8 month follow-up, as
well as client anecdotal report.
his paper proposes that early deficits in adult clients with insecure-attachment
patterns can be addressed directly through a therapeutic component of imaginal
nurturing with EMDR. These clients may exhibit little sense of self, low self-esteem, a
sense of alienation, poor affect tolerance, inability to regulate emotions, inability to
empathize, and impaired interpersonal relationships. Traditionally, the burden of the
client's attachment deficits is left to be resolved through the therapeutic relationship
itself. In this paper, a three-pronged approach to therapy is suggested: affect tolerance
and emotion regulation skills training, imaginal nurturing, and trauma reprocessing, all
within the context of a validating and caring therapeutic relationship. The focus of this
paper is imaginal nurturing, the goals of which include developing an attachment
between the adult, and infant and child selves to create a new relationship to self in the
present. Two forms of imaginal nurturing are presented: Core Imaginal Nurturing,
freestanding imaginal work in which the client experiences both providing and
receiving nurturance, and Adjunctive Imaginal Nurturing which is incorporated into
trauma reprocessing. A conceptual basis for this work is provided, and examples are
given showing its use, benefits, and problems that can arise.
Over the past two decades, professional psychology has witnessed a growing
movement towards the utilization of psychotherapies that have empirical support.
Despite this development, therapies that have not been empirically supported
continue to experience widespread use. Concurrently, a collection of novel
interventions, known as Power/Energy therapies (P/ET’s), has emerged. Although
these therapies are based on questionable theoretical foundations and enjoy little or no
empirical support, their popularity with clinicians appears to be strong and growing.
There is scant research examining individual differences with respect to the practice
habits of professional psychologists. The present study examined whether critical
thinking skills are a factor in psychologists’ choice of therapeutic interventions,
including their use of P/ET’s. As hypothesized, participants who reported using a
number of techniques from Power and Energy therapies scored significantly lower on
a measure of critical thinking skills. Also as hypothesized, individuals who reported
using a number of cognitive-behavioral techniques scored significantly higher on the
measure of critical thinking skills. Implications and suggestions for future research
are discussed.
Participants will be able to: 1) list NCs that are frequently acquired as a result of experience panic attacks and OCD; 2) describe how to use EMDR protocols to ensure that clients have integrated adaptive information about their disorder; 3) list negative cognitions that interfere with the ability to acquire communication, parenting, and anger management skills; 4) list negative cognitions that interfere with the process of individuation and enjoying satisfying relationships, 5) "compute" positive cognitions that are related to negative cognitions generated by various problems and disorders; and 6) identify negative cognitions that could be used to start targeting problem areas from listening to case examples.
Porges’ polivagal theory of the hierarchical interpretation of the autonomic nervous system (ANS), in addition to extending the range of human beings’ possible responses to environmental demands, links the first line ventral-vagal response with the regulation of important viscera as well as that of facial and head muscles, mediating social interactions, and associates its activation with the feeling of safety, identifying this latter condition as essential for a person’s well-being.
Without safety no social relations, physiological regulation or healing are possible. Hence the importance for EMDR therapists to lead their clients to this condition: lacking the activation of the ventral-vagal circuit there can be no processing. EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to keep their clients in safe conditions within the setting.
Clients exposed to trauma and/or insecure attachment do not have a good ANS regulation and maintain inadequate defensive attitudes – as demonstrated by Porges’ results, easily comparable with Schore’s on affective development and with those of several multi-disciplinary scholars.
Exploring this dysfunction provides EMDR therapists with useful elements to guide their clients in the difficult task of confronting what they did not/could not process at that time. We propose a three-pronged cross-sectional assessment, regardless of the pathology, aimed at identifying the defensive arousal state of the ANS needed to face the dysregulating impact at that time, focusing on the prevalent activation style of the client, when meeting environmental challenges, and that emerging in the session. Starting from this assessment, EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to help clients recognize and master their defenses to increase their flexibility.
Using the regulation as a healing instrument and goal, and given the two-directional psychophysiological approach, where psychological and physiological processes meet, a new intervention model, stemming from the AIP-EMDR approach, is proposed, acting directly on the missing or impaired developmental stages of the self-regulation ability, consistently with what Porges hoped for.
The intervention focuses on Eye Contact (EC), because, as confirmed by several scholars, this is a privileged communication pathway, in particular in the mother-child dyad, to learn self-regulating skills and is easily impaired in psychiatric clients.
Learning objectives:
Raise EMDR therapists’ awareness of the importance of safety for their clients, based on Porges’ Polyvagal Theory;
Provide therapists with tools to maintain clients’ safety during the session;
Help EMDR therapist to recognize and modulate clients’ Autonomic Nervous System activation; and
Present an EMDR Protocol to regulate Eye Contact
Most Approved Consultants have identified a significant need to define “standards” for each level of EMDRIA credentialing. Currently, EMDRIA only requires documentation of consultation hours and continued education credits. These are not proficiency-based requirements hence no consistent standards are defined, suggested or upheld. One consideration is the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework to help explore setting credentialing standards. In this workshop, this Model will be explained briefly as well as how it could be applied to setting standards. According to this model, highly effective therapists think, act and reflect differently than less effective therapists. Using this framework, the essential competencies (i.e., knowledge, skills and attitudes) to be demonstrated at each level of credentialing will be explored. Lastly, some options of how to assess and measure the necessary knowledge and skills will be suggested. Attendees will be able to describe the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework for credentialing; understand how to apply this Model to setting specific credentialing standards; identity the knowledge, skills and attitudes that are necessary at each level of credentialing; and identify the suggested methods of how the necessary knowledge and skills can be demonstrated, as well as assessed and measured.
Clients
with
complex
dissociative
disorders
usually
are
in
trauma-‐
induced
wake
trance-‐states.
Due
to
this,
they
might
thrive
from
treatment-‐
strategies,
where
skills
in
clinical
hypnosis,
from
the
side
of
the
therapists,
are
added
to
the
treatment
model.
Clinical
hypnosis
also
offers
excellent
tools
for
working
with
attachment
traumas
and
reinstalls
the
neuroception
of
safety.
This
workshop
highlights
seven
strategies
for
extending
the
EMDR
standard
protocol,
mainly
built
on
clinical
hypnosis.
They
consist
of:
(1)
Formal
hypnotic
induction
of
safe
place/safe
state
BEFORE
introducing
EMDR
under
phase
I
treatment
(2)
Informal
hypnotic
induction
for
ongoing
activation
of
the
social
engagement
system
when
clients
are
in
trance
(3)
Using
hyper-‐empirical
trance
inductions
under
exposure
phase
(ie
helping
the
clients
to
stay
present
with
dual
awareness
by
continuously
inducing
trance,
thus
helping
them
to
titrate
the
trauma-‐material
(4)
Addressing
ego-‐states
that
react
as
if
they
still
are
bound
in
trauma-‐time
(5)
Addressing
resource-‐rich
ego-‐states
and
parts
of
the
self,
f
ex
ISH
(internal
self-‐
helper),
thus
helping
the
client
to
begin
to
metabolize
the
trauma
material
(6)
Installation
of
hope
and
the
“memory
of
the
future”
(7)
Using
post-‐hypnotic
suggestions
for
enhancing
the
neuroception
of
safety
between
sessions.
Learning
objectives:
Demonstrate
how
to
use
EMDR
and
hypnosis
for
stabilization
and
work
with
parts
within
phase
II
work,
addressing
the
special
needs
of
continuous
stabilization
for
this
population.
Develop
an
understanding
of
how
to
enhance
the
integrative
capacity
during
trauma-‐work
with
DD-‐clients.
Apply
structured
techniques
and
rationales
for
calming
and
soothing
patients
related
to
their
integrative
capacity
during
extended
EMDR-‐work.
Los
clientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos
normalmente
se
encuentran
en
estados
de
trance
despierto
inducido
por
el
trauma.
Debido
a
esto,
pueden
crecer
rápidamente
de
estrategias
de
tratamiento,
donde
estrategias
de
hipnosis
clínica
se
añaden
al
modelo
de
tratamiento
por
parte
del
terapeuta.
La
hipnosis
clínica
ofrece
también
excelentes
herramientas
para
trabajar
con
traumas
de
apego
y
reinstalar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad.
Este
taller
subraya
siete
estrategias
para
extender
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR,
principalmente
basadas
en
la
hipnosis
clínica.
Consisten
en:
(1) Inducción
hipnótica
formal
del
lugar
seguro/
estado
de
seguridad
ANTES
de
introducir
la
fase
I
de
tratamiento
de
EMDR
(2) Inducción
hipnótica
informal
para
la
activación
continuada
de
los
sistemas
de
compromiso
social
cuando
los
clientes
están
en
trance
(3) Uso
de
inducciones
al
trance
hiper-‐empíricas
en
la
fase
de
exposición
(ej,
ayudar
a
los
clientes
a
estar
presentes
con
conciencia
dual
mediante
la
inducción
continua
al
trance,
por
tanto
ayudándoles
a
valorar
el
material
traumático.
(4) Dirigirse
a
los
estados
del
ego
que
reaccionan
como
si
aún
estuviesen
atados
al
tiempo
traumático
(5) Dirigirse
a
estados
del
ego
ricos
en
recursos
y
a
partes
del
yo,
por
ejemplo,
al
ISH
(en
inglés
yo-‐interno
ayudante),
por
tanto
ayudando
al
cliente
a
empezar
a
metabolizar
el
material
traumático
(6) Instalación
de
esperanza
y
la
“memoria
de
futuro”
(7) Usando
sugestión
post-‐hipnótica
para
fomentar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad
entre
sesiones.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Demostrar
cómo
usar
EMDR
e
hipnosis
para
estabilizar
y
trabajar
con
las
partes
en
el
trabajo
de
la
fase
II,
dirigiéndonos
a
las
necesidades
especiales
de
estabilización
continua
para
esta
población.
Desarrollar
un
entendimiento
de
cómo
fomentar
la
capacidad
integrativa
cuando
se
trabaja
el
trauma
con
clientes-‐DD.
Aplicación
de
técnicas
estructuradas
y
racionales
para
calmar
y
tranquilizar
a
los
pacientes
en
relación
con
su
capacidad
integrativa
durante
trabajo
extendido
con
EMDR.
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from
treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also
offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety.
This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of:
1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment.
2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance.
3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by
continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material.
4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time.
5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize
the trauma material.
6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”.
7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions.
Learning objectives:
Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of
continuous stabilization for this population.
Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and
rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.
Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el
trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo
de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y
reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad.
Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en:
1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR.
2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance.
3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual
mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático.
4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático.
5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto
ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático.
6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”.
7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones.
Objetivos de aprendizaje:
Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades
especiales de estabilización continua para esta población.
Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas
estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con
EMDR.
EMDR techniques with children following crisis will be demonstrated drawing from interventions developed directly at international disaster
sites. The nature of immediate intervention with dramatic trauma problems will be addressed in terms of treatment goals, techniques and
outcomes. Safety preparation skills using interactive safe place and a quick phobia protocol to clear prior problems will be taught. This approach will be contrasted with more routine treatment for past trauma and resistant family system problems. Clinical issues will be analyzed with videotaped cases treated both in childhood and later in adolescence.
Repetitive themes and unresolved issues will be highlighted. The evolution of therapist experience with resultant refinement of treatment skills will be discussed.
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in
EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the
focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference
and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by
experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and
embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been
published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR
treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference,
and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation
of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance
dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase
to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit
induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of
transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack;
affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases
of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated
in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and
different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to
somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be
taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference
to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during
the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization
phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions
will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing
transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether
to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative
enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues
may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into
Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the
Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with
the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist
may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases
will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use
with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference
and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ;
Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and
Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments,
and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective
strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to
facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .
This workshop focuses on specialty topics for children under ten including the advanced application of EMDR
with other clinical, behavioural, regulatory, medical, and educational issues with recommendations for
procedural considerations and additional treatment modalities used in conjunction with the EMDR protocol.
Information will be provided through handouts, case presentations, and videos on how EMDR can be used to
assist the child in lessening, managing, or eliminating symptomatology in these following areas: 1. Attention
Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)—information will be presented on targeting social and academic
challenges that can reduce anxiety and improve focus and self-control), 2. Sensory Integration Dysfunction
(SID)—identifying and reprocessing sensory difficulties will be taught to help the child achieve reduction in
hypersensitivity, 3. Tics—targeting the child’s anxiety can result in the reduction of tics, 4. Trichotillomania—a
specific procedure will be presented to assist in decreasing or eliminating the incidence of hair-pulling, 5. School
refusal behaviour—case conceptualization will be explored to assist in targeting behaviour and improve school
attendance, 6. Gifted and talented—techniques for reprocessing emotional and sensory targets will be
demonstrated to assist the child in bridging their intellectual, emotional, and social challenges, 7. Regulatory
issues—skills for combining EMDR with behavioural and educational techniques will be discussed to help the
child reduce or eliminate eating, sleeping, or urinary/bowel difficulties, 8. Traumatic brain injury—targeting the
22
precipitating event and the ongoing medical traumas utilized with a parent narrative protocol can reduce the
child’s anxiety and improve functioning.
“Specialty Topics on Using EMDR With Children“ is written for therapists who have learned the basic eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. This article explores the advanced application of EMDR with other clinical, emotional, developmental, and behavioral issues, including children who have been diagnosed with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) or have experienced trauma, attachment, and dissociation. The text is organized into headings of specific childhood diagnoses, issues, or presenting problems, with recommendations for procedural considerations and adjustments to the EMDR protocol. Unless indicated otherwise, the EMDR protocol follows the 8 phases, as discussed in the book, EMDR and the Art of Psychotherapy With Children (Adler-Tapia & Settle, 2008) with additions or modifications, as indicated.
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative
children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe
environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step.
But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well.
Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to
talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother
them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping
dogs lie is a dangerous one.
Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child
is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort,
This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating
for future development. However, only detailed history
taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals
these otherwise often hidden problems.
In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and
unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy
is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and
how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I
will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation
skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment
system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this
way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems
to past experiences their motivation increases to look into
their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally,
I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these
dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization
process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete
phase-orientated treatment.
Learning objectives:
-The basic tenets of the six tests
-The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further
stabilization or can start EMDR.
- Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions.
New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of
The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and
new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children,
because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know
how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these
children who need EMDR the most.
This half-day workshop focuses on how staying true to eight phases of
the EMDR model will result in successful treatment outcomes with children
ages 2-10. Participants will be provided with specific and creative bilateral
techniques to use with children, and methods for identifying a
child's PC, NC, VOC, and SUDS. Skills to utilize with children to further
facilitate processing, including cognitive interweaves and resource
installation techniques will be demonsuated. In addition, the efficacy of
utilizing a parent co-therapist model will be established.
Effective dissemination of treatment methods requires
not only training in high-profile interventions but also in
cases of conceptualization and treatment planning skills
that facilitate use of the interventions. In a series of six
studies, the authors tested one training module with 303
paraprofessionals and mental health professionals in various
training settings and five countries. Participants
completed self-report ratings in response to a challenging
acting-out client, both before and after completing a
trauma-informed case-formulation exercise. The training
intervention led participants to report decreased distress
while considering challenging work-related scenarios,
increased empathy and caring toward challenging
clients, and increased comfort and confidence in their
helping roles. In the final two studies, a trauma-informed
treatment planning module was added, yielding additional
benefit. At follow-up participants reported that the
effects persisted and led to improved behaviors toward
the clients. Such empirical validation of training methodologies
can lead to more reliably effective dissemination.
The rapidity and thoroughness of EMDR therapeutic effectiveness, compared to more traditional methods of psychotherapy, calls for
a general reconceptualization of the field. As EMDR and, perhaps, other new methods continue to demonstrate what Francine
Shapiro has referred to as "accelerated information processing" these new therapeutic effects will undoubtedly become better
understood. In an initial effort to systematically integrate EMDR with other methods of treatment, the following four categories of
psychotherapeutic activity are proposed: 1. Accessing of present associative networks - the bringing forward of information (distressing, dysfunctional,
comforting, adaptive, etc.) already stored in both procedural and non-procedural systems.
2. Introduction of new information - the teaching of facts and skills, which form new or add to old associative networks.
3. Inhibition of information accessing - the tuming of attention away from dysfunctional information, with the goal of
decreasing arousal, such as with relaxation training.
4. Facilitation of the processing of information - abstract activity that makes it more likely information networks will
connect in an adaptive way, leading to the dissipation of unwarranted negative emotion and the attainment of adaptive
understanding.
Methods of psychotherapy may be distinguished by the ways in which they use or don't use activities in each of these categories.
EMDR like other methods can be so distinguished. While the proposed categorization system can be used to clarify the differences
and similarities among the various methods of psychotherapy, more relevantly to clinical practice, this conceptualization may
promote more efficient intervention choices when progress during therapy sessions has slowed or stopped. Examples of the
theoretical and clinical value of the proposed model are offered, especially in the treatment of combat related psychological trauma.
Theory - EMDR can be seen as working on one level of the human system - the neurobiological level. However
the human brain is formed and is constantly changed by it’s interactions with others. The neurobiology of
relationships is an expanding field and I will be arguing that EMDR and systemic theory have much to offer each
other at this juncture. I will be putting forward my ideas about the scope for creative thinking and practice at the
interface of these paradigms. By utilizing the client’s relationships and seeing them as a resource in the EMDR,
EMDR practitioners can facilitate change at that wider level. In order to make the presentation accessible to
those who are not particularly familiar with current systemic theory, I will briefly outline some of the main
systemic principles currently in use. Practice - I will illustrate my theoretical points with examples from my EMDR
practice where I have: 1) included more than one family member in the room at the same time; 2) where parallel
work has been done with the family and the individual; and 3) where I have incorporated significant systemic
thinking into my work with an individual. These examples will demonstrate skills in applying EMDR within a
broad systemic frame. They will illustrate how EMDR can enhance relationships, and conversely, how systemic
thinking can enhance the application of EMDR.
“The Three Tests” A systematic approach to stabilization:
Working with severely traumatized clients, we are confronted with many difficult questions, impossible choices and dilemmas:
is the client ready for (EMDR-)trauma work, or is more stabilization needed? How do we assess the bearing strength and
affect regulation level of the client? What if the client is too unstable because of the trauma symptoms? How can we enhance
safety and control without working on the trauma? And if affect tolerance is too small to do EMDR, what can we do?
In this presentation you learn to assess the client’s readiness for EMDR in a systematic way, combined with a treatment
plan to work on the skills and resources the client needs to develop. The presentation gives many, many practical ideas for
interventions and exercises to help the client develop bearing strength and grow towards trauma confrontation.
Of course there will be lots of illustrating case stories.
Theory and research in the area of trauma and neurobiology have shown that the
EMDR treatment approach is useful in the desensitization and reprocessing of distressful
and/or traumatic memories. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if EMDR therapy
could be successfully applied to athletes with sports trauma, since the underlying causes
of performance limitations can often be found in past (traumatic) events that are triggered
in present-day situations. This study seeks to evaluate the possibility of understanding
and defining sports performance limitations as trauma-based and explore the possibility
of applying EMDR, a new psychotherapeutic approach with proven efficacy to heal
trauma, to athletes in order to enhance performance by healing sports trauma. Through a
critical analysis of existing theory and research regarding trauma, treatment and the
diverse applications of EMDR therapy are discussed and it is shown how athletes could
benefit from processing past events with EMDR therapy in order to achieve performance
enhancement.
Many trauma therapies, including EMDR, rely
on the transformation of traumatic imagery to
images of self-empowerment and safety, either
spontaneously or by design. When traumatic
memories resolve by transformation, many of the
same areas of the brain are involved, as in the
original perception: the brain revisits the scene
and has a second chance to "see" it a different
way i.e. to reprocess the memory. This workshop
will begin by examining the neuroscience
supporting this hypothesis. Fortunately, not only
is mental imagery central to trauma therapy,
facility with mental imagery is a set of skills,
which can be learned by clients. Participants will
be introduced to a method of teaching mental
imagery skills as part of no overall resource
development protocol the presenter has used in a single-case design study of Complex PTSD. This
study examines the correlation between the
client's degeee of facility with mental imagery and
subsequent recovery from the symptoms of
Complex PTSD. The method and results of this
study will be presented. Client material will be
used to illustrate these techniques and their
application to EMDR therapy. Participants will
be able to critique this study as well, and in the
process, will learn how to apply the single case
design paradigm to their own practices.
Because of their vulnerability children as well as adults
with developmental disorders are supposed to be at greater risk to suffer from the disruptive effects of trauma or cumulating
negative life events. Resulting psychopathology or behavioral
problems might bring them into contact with institutional psychiatric
or educational care.
On the basis of four video-illustrated clinical vignettes various aspects
according the use of EMDR are discussed.
Institutionalization in itself can be traumatizing as shown by
EMDR treatment of an adult with autism and traumatic memories
of being outplaced and long-term isolated.
Outplacement might be a consequence of untreated trauma. EMDR
can relieve suffering as shown by the treatment of a 12-year
old boy with behavioral problems who's family ties were broken.
Outplacement can be traumatic and as a consequence block
personal growth as illustrated by the case of a 48-year old man
with mild to moderate intellectual disability and autism, who
had been institutionalized at the age of 8.
Desperate parents regain educational skills by using a combination
of EMDR and intensive psychiatric family support as illustrated
by the case of an 8 years old girl with supposed multi-complex
developmental disorder (McDD).
Adaptations of the standard protocol might be necessary when
using EMDR in patients with psychiatric disorders as shown in
two of the cases that will be presented.
As posttraumatic stress symptoms can be manifested differently
in this population there is a risk of diagnostic errors.
Learning objectives: Participants take note of possibilities to
make EMDR beneficial to the institutionalized population; are
able to identify adaptations to the EMDR protocol required by
particular needs of clients with developmental disorders; are
able to use EMDR to help parents to overcome the trauma of
having a child with developmental disorders; become aware of
nonspecific symptoms of trauma in this special population.
As many of us with careers in sport science and physical education, I began as an athlete. Thus I experienced years of training and competition in the disciplines of sport long before those of science and research. Although I had no words for such experiences at the tine, in the intense and dedicated efforts of my involvements, I moved through both polar-opposite twins of sports' altered states; flow and trauma. It is my supposition that almost all serious athletes do, although I will not live long enough to make much headway on empirical proof in that regard. As I have added psychology training to that in sport and exercise psychology, I have gathered formal and anecdotal support for the notion of trauma experiences inside the context of sport and have had success in the application of a trauma healing technique to ease some of the damage and pain wrought by occurrences within intense commitment to sport.
Twenty-four participants from a local domestic violence center were selfselected
into an individual therapy-plus-standard advocacy group (P/SA) or a
standard advocacy (SA) group. The center’s advocacy staffed administered
treatment for the SA group and the P/SA group. In addition to the SA treatment
received by individuals in the P/SA group, there were also six licensed
therapists who provided a manualized treatment incorporating CBT and
EMDR. Symptoms of PTSD, depression, CSE, self-esteem, and coping skills
were assessed.Additionally, saliva sample measurements were taken to examine
the effect of treatment on the regulation of salivary cortisol. Results indicate
that participants in the P/SA treatment condition experienced a
significantly greater reduction in intrusive symptomatology and overall level
of PTSD symptom severity, as well as a greater increase in CSE over time
than those individuals in the SA condition. Moreover, changes in CSE were
related to changes in psychological symptoms in individuals in the P/SA group
from pretreatment to posttreatment and at follow-up.Almost no linear relationship
between changes in CSE and other psychological variables in the SA
group emerged.A minimal impact of treatment on coping skills was observed.
There was a move towards a greater regulation of salivary cortisol at posttreatment
in the P/SA group.
Störungen des Sozialverhaltens (F 91, F92 ICD-10) umfassen komplexe, multifaktoriell bedingte Störungen, die sich in einem Bündel von Leitsymptomen niederschlagen. Bisherige Therapieansätze sind in ihren Effekten nicht sehr befriedigend. Allerdings berücksichtigten sie auch nicht in geplanter und systematischer Weise die Folgen kindlicher Traumatisierung, obwohl die Übereinstimmung der Symptomatik bei Störung des Sozialverhalten und Traumafolgestörungen frappierend ist (Greenwald 2002). Forschungsergebnisse belegen, dass zwischen 60 - 90 % aller Jugendliche mit Störungen des Sozialverhaltens in ihrer Lebensgeschichte schweren Traumatisierungen (Kombinationen Typ I und II) ausgesetzt waren (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (ein Akronym für Motivation - Adaptiv Skills - Trauma Resolution) ist ein von Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) entwickeltes traumabasiertes manualisiertes Behandlungsverfahren, das aus drei aufeinander aufbauenden Phasen besteht.
Disorders of social behavior (F 91, F92 ICD-10) involve complex, multifactorial, related disorders, which are reflected in a set of cardinal symptoms. Previous therapy approaches are in their effects, not very satisfactory. However, they are not even considered in a planned and systematic way the consequences of childhood trauma, although the consistency of symptoms associated with disruption of social behavior and trauma disorders is striking (Greenwald 2002). Research shows that were exposed to between 60 - 90% of adolescents with disorders of social behavior in their life history severe trauma (combinations of type I and II) (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (an acronym for Motivation - Adaptive Skills - Trauma Resolution) is a traumabasiertes developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) manualisiertes treatment process, which consists of three successive phases.
This presentation will provide theoretical and practical step-by-step strategies to assist clinicians working with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system, such as children exhibiting insecure patterns of attachment, complex PTSD and dissociation. Clinicians will learn key elements to develop case conceptualization skills and treatment plans based on the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). How to use EMDR with adjunct approaches and strategies, such as ego-state therapy and somatic intervention, with children will be addressed. Strategies directed to titrate amount of trauma and keep children manageable and tolerable levels of activation to facilitate reprocessing will be demonstrated.
Headaches are the most common pain-related complaint and the seventh leading ailment seen in medical practice. Yearly, over 35% of the population is affected by tension-type headaches. Migraine headaches are a common condition with one-year prevalence rates around 15%. Prevalence rates generally peak in the third and fourth decades but for many migraines become a chronic condition requiring a lifetime of treatment.
Migraine sufferers are frequently disabled during their acute attacks. A 2001 study found that 90% of migraineurs reported functional impairment. 53% required bed rest and nearly 30% missed 1 day of work or school within a 3-month period. Migraine in the USA results in 112 million bedridden days per year. The cost of the migraine to the total American work force is estimated at $13 billion per year in missed work days and lost productivity. Direct medical costs (i.e., MD office visits, prescription medication claims, and hospitalizations) for migraine care average $1 billion annually. Clouse & Osterhaus (1994) found that migraineurs generate twice the medical claims and two times the pharmacy claims in HMO’s when compared to patients without migraines.
Considering the sheet number of individuals afflicted with migraine and tension headaches, the societal impact with increased medical costs, lost work days, and reduced productivity represent a major public health concern.
The pharmacologic therapies have long been the most common and widely used method of treating headaches. Unfortunately, pharmacologic treatments are ineffective or inadequate for a sizeable number of patients. One third of patients participating in clinical trials with oral triptans fail to respond. Moreover, fewer than half become pain-free, which is the primary efficacy measure recommended by the International Headache Society. Reasons for considering an EMDR treatment for migraine and tension headaches are patient preferences for non-pharmacologic interventions, pregnancy, planned pregnancy or nursing, deficient stress coping skills, medication rebound, patient overuse of medications, medical contraindications, and poor medication tolerance.
In view of the state of the art of current headache treatment an EMDR approach that can eliminate severe headache pain in less time than an oral medication (20 to 30 min) and within 5 to 10 sessions may reduce frequency, duration and intensity of future headaches could result in a decrease in medication utilization, physician visits and overall medical costs, with an improvement in patient satisfaction. This would be a welcome addition to current headache treatments.
This workshop will employ lecture, demonstration and actual practice of an integrated EMDR approach. The purpose of this teaching strategy is to prepare you for clinical practice. Objectives include understanding headache etiology, headache trigger identification, threshold theory, training in the EMDR protocol used in Dr. Marcus’s migraine research, discussion of protocol utilization in clinical practice, informed consent, transference issues, and discussion of the role of provider when deploying this approach. This workshop is for advanced EMDR practitioners but previous experience in headache treatment is not required.
The focus of this 1 1/2 hour presentation will be on using EMDR to alleviate the emotional distress of children who have been
severely traumatized. Participants in this workshop will learn:
(a) assessment tools and strategies for selecting children who would most benefit from EMDR therapy.
(b) selection of appropriate targets for intervention.
(c) an EMDR protocol to reduce the possibility and/or degree of abreactions.
The presentation will first define "severely traumatized child" and how to conduct a careful assessment of coping skills used by
children who have been severely abused with specific focus on dissociation. Dissociation will be defined and keys to understanding
dissociation in children will be discussed.
Next, steps to deciding how to select appropriate children for EMDR will be delineated. The presentation will then cover red flags
and cautions before proceeding with EMDR and how to introduce and inform the child and his/her parents/managing conservators.
The workshop will discuss specific EMDR protocols to reduce the possibility of and/or intensity of abreactions, to enhance positive
cognitions, and to facilitate the incorporation of dissociated material and concepts. Scripts of case examples will be used for
teaching.
Fears and phobias associated with EMDR situations where a single event for the well-structured, and short-term treatment is not compelling. Exposure in vivo EMDR'ın cognitive behavioral interventions, such as advantages, the fear-inspiring re-creation of the situation, situation (eg, sexuality, illness or death-related moments, situations) or phobic stimuli (eg, aircraft, mouse, snake) real life should be revived. However, inspiring fear and phobia on the basis of the number of lives to be in that situation, the phobic anxiety reactions to certain situations people may continue to give. Therefore EMDR'la fear and / or while working with phobias, anxiety-fear may danışanalr work preparing for the future status should not be terminated. This adaptive coping mechanisms to obtain, provide relief to improve the mental strategies in the future will need to be placed in a behavioral patterns and behavioral experiments can be done. EMDR'ın with fear and phobia clinical applications focusing on this at the end of the study group participants: 1) consult those who fear, avoidance of situations of mold assessment, 2) in terms of EMDR cases quickly formulated, 3) for those who need counseling EMDR protocol creative format can be adapted, and 4 ) EMDR intervention for their general treatment approach (cognitive-behavioral) to integrate aims to provide skills to develop.
Through case material, the usefullness of EMDR is illustrated for the treatment of children's fears and phobias. The issue of
integrating EMDR treatment with more traditional treatment is also addressed, especially with more complex contextual problems.
Three case histories are presented with emphasis on the most complicated case. Family therapy treatment espouses the notion that
psychopathology in the child results from dysfunctional family functioning, and as such the entire family system has to be treated.
This concept is broadened with the use of EMDR.
The first case illustrates a single trauma event in which a 6 year old boy was bitten by a rottweiler. Presenting symptoms were
nightmares, fear of sleeping alone, poor school performance, persistent thoughts and fear of dogs. The first session of EMDR was
successful in eliminating most of these fears. A second EMDR session focusing on a nightmare was also successful. Two follow
up sessions with the family dealt with other parenting issues and the possibility of attention deficit disorder. The targeted problem
was eliminated via EMDR.
The second case demonstrates a successful one session treatment of an otherwise healthy 6 year old girl who had fears of the dark
and had slept in her parent's bed for years.
In the third case, a complex symptomatology is presented of a nine year old girl (Lily) with a severe, life threatening heart condition
for which she has undergone 4 delicate aortal surgeries since age 2 and is on a medication maintenance regimen. Future surgery is
anticipated during adolescence. Family history is significant for mother's struggle to overcome alcohol addiction, depression and
past abuse. The family has financial pressures. Family system analysis reveals over involvement between mother and daughter,
peripheral father and sibling rivalry (daughter 11). Family treatment involved boundary and limit setting, hierarchical restructuring
and family communication skills. The illness as an organizing factor in the family system was repeatedly addressed.
Interspersed with this treatment approach were EMDR sessions for daughters and mother. Lily had fears of separation fiom mother,
fears of dying, choking, becoming ill, swimming, going to bed, and fears of the devil (as learned in their fundamentalist religion) as
well as several other fears. EMDR sessions targeted these fears, and sometimes several fears were intertwined, such as fear of
sleeping, the devil coming into her room and taking her away to die. Cognitive interweave was used when she appeared stuck.
Through the EMDR treatments, Lily was able to deeply examine her fears, based on the real life uncertainties she faced. Her
progress demonstrated a particularly poignant attempt to make sense of the meaning of life and cope with the threat of death.
There is evidence to suggest that people with developmental disabilities are at greater risk to suffer from the disruptive effects of traumatic events. However, parents, teachers, caregivers and even clinicians who offer specialized outpatient treatments often lack awareness of this. In general, emotional and behavioural problems are attributed to other diagnosed disorders such as genetic syndromes, cognitive impairments, ADHD or autism. Taking history with regard to behavioural changes following overwhelming events appears not to be a common practice at all. Moreover, the expression of trauma symptoms as well as the interpretation of distressing experiences often differs in comparison with the general population. Furthermore, because of their limited communication skills, common treatment methods are not appropriate. As a result, this patient category seldom receives treatment for exposure to disturbing events, including apparent symptoms of PTSD.
Preliminary research findings illustrate that EMDR, because of its strongly non-verbal character, seems to be an applicable, effective and efficient treatment method for this patient category. But how far can we go? During this workshop these findings will be presented, illustrated by many video clips of treatments of patients carried out in a centre for child and adolescent psychiatry and an outpatient treatment of adults with mental health problems. Special attention is given to creative adaptations of the EMDR protocol and the cooperation with parents, who are often traumatized themselves and have to be treated as well, either to make them able to function as a co-therapist or to strengthen their skills in educating a child with special needs.
Learning objectives:
After this workshop attendees will be aware of the specific expression of PTSD symptoms in people with various serious developmental disabilities and the various possibilities of EMDR treatment in this population.
This report was commissioned by the Department of Veterans Affairs
(VA) to assess the scientific evidence on treatment modalities for Posttraumatic
Stress Disorder (PTSD). Reviewing the PTSD treatment
literature dating back to 1980, the year the disorder was first defined
by
the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association,
proved to be a challenging task. Assessing the outcomes of treatment
depends entirely upon the self-report of those affected, without “objective”
measures such as laboratory tests or imaging. Treatment modalities
and research methods used in their evaluation have been in continuous
development. The last 30 years have also seen dramatic changes in the way
scientific evidence has been assessed in general with emerging international
standards for conducting systematic qualitative and quantitative reviews
that are quite different from the methods used in the 1980s when research
on the treatment of PTSD began.
In applying a rigorous approach to the assessment of evidence that
meets today’s standards, the committee identified significant gaps in the
evidence that made it impossible to reach conclusions establishing the
efficacy
of most treatment modalities. This result was unexpected and may
surprise VA and others interested in the disorder. Important treatment
decisions for most modalities will need to be made without a strong body of evidence meeting current standards (the committee summarizes clinical
practice guidelines developed by others in the face of this scientific uncertainty).
This overall conclusion of scientific inadequacy is not a clinical
practice recommendation or guideline. It is also not a judgment on the quality
of the research in this field using methods acceptable at the time. The
overall conclusion also adds urgency to the committee’s recommendations
for a more strategic research effort that defines the relevant populations
and subpopulations; develops and tests treatment modalities alone and in
combination, in individual and group formats (for psychotherapy), and of
various intensities and durations; uses the latest and most rigorous methods
for designing and executing study protocols; and follows all study participants
through the end of treatment and for meaningful periods thereafter.
The committee was also struck by the scant evidence exploring some of
the possibly unique aspects of PTSD in veterans. For the most part we cannot
say whether the treatment of PTSD in veterans should be the same as in
civilians, and whether important subpopulations of veterans defined by age,
sex, trauma type, socioeconomic status, educational level, comorbidities,
and brain injury should be treated the same or differently.
The committee could only conclude that well-designed research is
needed to answer the key questions regarding the efficacy of treatment
modalities in veterans. Success will depend on the collaboration of VA and
other government agencies, researchers, clinicians, and patient and veterans’
groups and will further require the continued support and attention of
policymakers and the public. The individuals returning from current conflicts
and now re-entering civilian life with this disorder deserve no less.
Alfred O. Berg, Chair
The committee concludes that the evidence is inadequate to determine
the efficacy of the following psychotherapy modalities in the treatment
of PTSD:
• EMDR
• cognitive restructuring
• coping skills training [Extracted from p. 9).
Objective: There is a dearth of information regarding the treatment of PTSD in people with severe intellectual disabilities (ID). The purpose of the present case studies was to assess the applicability and effects of an evidence-based treatment method for psychological trauma with this population. Methods: The treatment of four single cases with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was evaluated. Participants included adults and children with a variety of symptoms, as well as different histories of negative life events. Results: In all cases PTSD symptoms decreased. In all but one case, the gains were maintained at 15.5 months to 2.5 years following treatment. Depressive symptoms and physical complaints diminished and social and adaptive skills improved. Conclusion: EMDR seems to be an applicable treatment method for clients with severe ID. Reduction and maintenance of PTSD symptoms in individuals with severe ID appears to be both desirable and obtainable.
This workshop presents a developmental model that is an integration of the three areas that can be utilized when formulating your understanding and treatment of your adult EMDR clients: developmental neurobiology (presented in a simple and down to earth manner), plus development of increasingly sophisticated coping and relating skills that result from the maturing brain, plus relevant traumatology. Participants should be able to then utilize this integrated developmental model to better identify key nodes, targets and interweaves for EMDR processing.
Participants will: 1) learn about unique applications of EMDR already in use: 2) be able to identify their practice interests, existing skills and resources; and areas of growth necessary to implement a new practice specialty; and 3) learn systematic ways in which community-based speaking and teaching activities can general referrals.
This workshop will address ways to become a competent and thorough EMDRIA Approved Consultant. Specific content areas will include: dynamic consultation skills; legal liability; and criteria and ideas for working with Certification applicants, Consultants-In-Training, and trainees.
Today, the dreaming mind is understood to improve learning, organize novel solutions to problems from waking consciousness and, thus, creatively support survival. This function, of finding new creative solutions, is also observed in the desensitization phase four of the EMDR protocol and is a key component in Ego State Therapy (EST). Dreams appear to select targets from the client’s history, that are causing problems in current time. In addition, dreams may respond to interventions made during a therapeutic session, as if the dreaming mind were in a dialogue with the client and the therapist. This type of dream leads to a more creative dialogue in subsequent therapy. Repetitive nightmares are the dreaming signature of PTSD, and these too respond well to EMDR and rehearsed changes in imagery, including that of ego states and can result in improved sleep quality. Dreams can offer a resource figure in blocked therapy; demonstrate the validity of ego states and of ego state relationships. This presentation focuses on the use of dreams, in combination with EMDR, as well as EST, for clients suffering from post traumatic syndromes. A review of the literature will be given but primarily case studies and video material from actual sessions will shared.
Learning objectives:
1. Understand the neuroscience that underlies the present state ofknowledge of the dreaming mind/brain
2. Develop skill in using the language of the dreaming mind to improve interweaves and interventions in the course of therapy
3. Develop skills in carrying nightmares forward using EMDR and thus improving sleep quality
4. Formulate a script that explains to clients why dreams and the imagination are useful in therapy.
5. Participate in a practicum on the use of dreams.
Effective presentation skills are vital for success in most organizations. Preparing students for their careers, college educators often require that students demonstrate effective presentation skills. While traditional approaches to managing presentation anxiety help some students, EMDR may offer an effective intervention for those with serious presentation anxiety. This case study involves a student with
presentation anxiety referred for EMDR from an organizational communication class. The subject delivered videotaped presentations and completed the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) prior to and after completing three EMDR sessions. The subject’s pre–post STAI scores reduced from the 98th to the 55th percentile. Blind expert ratings of the videotaped presentations indicated pronounced performance improvement.
At 12-month follow-up, the subject was successfully employed in a management position,
making effective presentations without intense anxiety.
This study group, EMDR and chronic pain, chronic pain related to traditional theories, treatments, and the relationship between trauma, stress and pain, including research results reveal that an entry be made. As a possible intervention in the treatment of chronic pain EMDR'ın reasons that will be explained. In addition, Update and Re-Processing of Eye Movements and insensitive amputation (legs cut off) then imagined the impact of chronic leg pain was a pilot study will be presented revealed. In the third part of the study, EMDR'ın will focus on the use in the treatment of chronic pain. Clinical issues, accidents occurring after the head and spine trauma, imaginary leg pain in patients who take pictures with the case will be examined. This presentation aims:
- Understanding of the relationship between trauma and chronic pain.
- Chronic pain is appropriate for study, EMDR can be consulted to distinguish those who.
- In the treatment of chronic pain-related knowledge and skills EMDR'ın increasing use.
Individuals with Autism have a number of
complex differences that make Trauma processing
exceptionally difficult. In order to use the eight
step protocol with these individuals, preparation
and some modifications are necessary. The
process presented in this workshop will provide
some general information about the characteristics
of autistic individuals, step by step skill training
to precede the EMDR process, the use of Carol
Gray's Social Stories to help clarify those targets
and situations being processed, and the EMDR
protocol with slight adaptations for individuals
with speech and language impairments. Also
included are cautions for using EMDR with this
population due to their complex differences. This
process has been used successfully with
individuals across the Autistic Spectrum as well
as individuals with Asperger's Syndrome and
other developmental disorders including Williams
Syndrome. This has been developed over a 7 year
span. This step by step program has been
successful with abused individuals with global
developtnent delays, significantly impaired speech and language abilities, and significant cognitive
disabilities. Following use of the EMDR
process, individuals have dcmonstrated a
significant reduction in symptoms, increased
verbal ability, as well as improved social relationships and self-regulation skills. These
improvements have remained over time.
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.
Ce programme d’amélioration de la performance utilisant l’EMDR peut être un outil efficace de développement du leadership. La problématique de gestion du stress relié à la gestion a été identifiée comme obstacle au leadership efficace. Ce programme innovateur de développement du leadership a démontré des résultats
positifs sur l’amélioration de la confiance en soi, l’optimisme, les habiletés sociales et la réduction du stress dans le milieu de travail. En combinant un instrument de mesure des stratégies de gestion du stress et EMDR, ce programme identifie les croyances négatives et positives spécifiques à ces populations. Le programme
présenté inclut la description de la préparation, du protocole, de son application et du follow-up utilisés avec les gestionnaires et administrateurs au Marathon County.
A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDR can be an effective leadership development tool. The
issue of management-related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership with Marathon County (State of Wisconsin), has established an innovative program for leadership development which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participant's self-confidence, optimism,
and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The Performance Enhancement Program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality instrument to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative & positive cognitions unique to this population are noted for the EMDR protocol.
The program includes a description of the set-up, protocols, pilot program, implementation, and follow-up ("refresher course option") used with Marathon County managers and administrators.
There is a strong link between Borderline Personality Disorder and Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder. DBT is the most effective method of treating
Borderline Personality Disorder. EMDR and adjunct therapies may be
effectively incorporated into these groups for more substantial results that
remain over time. As new skills are mastered. EMDR is the most effective
method of strengthening these. Increasing mindfulness, improving
interpersonal relationships and improving emotional regulation skills, are of
tremendous benefit to PTSD patients. In this workshop, participants will
learn the format to do this and receive suggestions for the ways to use EMDR
and adjunct therapies to increase results over time.
Group therapy is recognized by clinicians as an effective method for treating victims of trauma and abuse. The presenters of this interactive
workshop began their work with groups seven years ago using the basic format of Marcia Linehan. They have completed twelve of these groups.
Each year they evaluate the processes, adding theories and techniques to increase its effectiveness. The theories of Colin Ross, John Bradshaw, David Burns, and others combine to create a 32 week format, divided
into four modules. EMDR techniques are used with, the group to increase the speed and effectiveness of symptom reduction. The uniqueness of this presentation centers around the fact that EMDR is used within the group setting to enhance a program that is already working well to facilitate lmproved life skills in trauma and abuse victims.
Toelichting: Hoe vanzelfsprekend is
het om even na te slaan wat het onderzoek over
discriminatie oplevert (Brondolo 2009), wat de
gegevens over uitsluiting toevoegen, wat de ervaring
van community health bijdraagt aan de psychiatrische
behandeling van een geïmmigreerd persoon
of diens nageslacht (De Jong 2010)? Waar
vindt de medicus practicus theoretische steun als
een patiënt bij hem komt voor een nieuw huis
omdat het oude behekst is, wat hij afleidt uit vreemd gedrag van zijn kind dat de arts herkent
als paniekstoornis? Hoe kan de psychiater wiens
eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR)
vastloopt, profiteren van de kennis over cultuurverschillen
bij emoties? (Mesquita 2003). Hoe
helpt het cultureel identiteitsconcept, waarin
identiteit wordt gezien als de resultante van een
altijd doorgaande onderhandeling, de aanpak van
de depressieve oudere die levenslang gezorgd heeft
en nu steun van de kinderen moet ontberen? (Wei-
Chin Hwang 2010). Vertrekkend vanuit de casus
bespreken wij literatuur en keren terug naar de
casus.
Leerdoel: Aan het einde van de sessie
kan de deelnemer sleutelwoorden herkennen die
helpen om de verwarring op te heffen van niet
overeenkomende appraisal en attributie tussen
behandelaar en patiënt. Vervolgens herkent hij
hoe deze sleutelwoorden de weg wijzen naar relevant
onderzoek en vertaalt hij dat terug naar de
behandelpraktijk.
Explanation: How obvious
it just to save some research on
discriminatory (Brondolo 2009), which
Add information about exclusion, what the experience
community mental health contributes to
treatment of a person immigrated
or its progeny (De Jong 2010)? Where
medical practitioner finds theoretical support as
a patient comes to him for a new home
because the old bewitched, he infers the strange behavior of his child that the doctor recognizes
as panic disorder? How can the psychiatrist whose
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR)
freezes, benefit from the knowledge of cultural differences
with emotions? (Mesquita 2003). How
helps the cultural identity concept, which
identity is seen as the result of a
unceasing negotiation, addressing
the depressed older person who has brought life
and now must do without the support of the children? (Wei-
Chin Hwang 2010). Starting from the case
we discuss literature and return to the
case.
Objective: At the end of the session
The participant can recognize keywords
help to eliminate the confusion of not
matching between appraisal and attribution
practitioner and patient. Then it recognizes
how these keywords are relevant to the way
research and translates it back to that
treatment practices.
Vision therapy is a series of clinical
procedures that improves the quality
of visual skills and vision perception.
It has a long clinical history dating
back tothe previous century. Itbegan
in England and France and was originally
named orthoptics. The name
orthoptics comes from ORTHO meaning
straight and OPTICS meaning
eyes. Many of the original techniques were dehcated to treating those who
had crossed or lazy eyes. In-the past
40 years, optometrists have further
developed vision therapy procedures
for treating vision related learning
problems, particularly those visual
problems that result in poor reading
abihty. Behavioral optometrists use
vision therapy to improve eye movements,
eye coordination, focusing and
vision perception. These are the sensory
motor components of vision.
The objective of this workshop is to encourage the participants to develop
and carry out a comprehensive course for diagnostics and treatment of
trauma-related disorders.
The trauma-curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig were created
independently as training courses for psycho-traumatology. They are taken
as examples to clarify basic ideas on how to organize curricular-structured
seminars in the field of psycho-traumatology and trauma-therapy. The
EMDR-trainings are very well established as basic for trauma confrontation
therapy but "around EMDR" there is much more to teach that can only be
learnt over a longer period of time.
The curricular structure as a means to teach the knowledge and skills
improves the motivation of colleagues to attend the seminars. Consensus,
cooperation, and mutual recognition between other institutes and international organizations in the field of psycho-traumatology committed to
a general draft makes the acceptance even stronger.
There is consensus about the knowledge of anamnesis, diagnostics,
treatment planning, stabilization techniques, and the working through of
traumatic material. In both curricula more than one method for trauma confrontation
is taught. The more tools and skills the therapist is able to use
the easier it is to find the appropriate method for each client. So therapists
can avoid what is meant by the proverb: "if you only have a hammer you
will treat everything like a nail" (Maslow).
The first evaluation of the participants in both curricula in Schaffhausen and
Sinzig will be presented including questions about relevance. satisfaction
with structure and content as well as suggestions for improvement.
In the Client Preparation Phase (Phase 2), the client learns self-soothing skills before progressing to trauma
processing. It is essential that the client be able to voluntarily change from a state of high distress to a state of
lower distress. Commonly, this is accomplished through the development of a Calm Place (used to be called
Safe Place). Some clients are unable to do this exercise. This is often a clue about the presence of a Dissociative
Disorder. Generally, they will require a longer Preparation Phase. This workshop will teach how to identify these
clients, what it means and two methods to find resources for self-soothing and self-regulation. These resource
states provide a base of operations for trauma processing.
Learning objectives:
• To identify clients, including those with dissociative disorders, who need more preparation before trauma
processing.
• To learn two methods to increase readiness for trauma processing
• To learn two methods for increased client self-regulation
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand and translate your therapeutic skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect: a different style of relating and communications with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
Also in other cultures traumatic events happening to people have a different meaning asking for an approach from another angle in doing EMDR: interpreting traumas a stupid bad luck, Allah’s will, the evil eye, karma, or punishment by the ancestors, will have different (therapeutic) consequences.
This workshop offers not only a systemic way to understand these type of differences, it offers also very practical dos and don’ts, and of course tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The presentation puts strong emphasis on the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of your clients own culture. These resources are utilized both before and during EMDR.
Part of the presentation is a collection of magical; healing objects from other cultures, including your own (maybe forgotten) culture, with ideas how to use them in the EMDR process. This is to inspire participants to develop their own collection.
The presentation follows the 8 phases of the EMDR protocol, describing specific considerations for each of the phases.
‘Conceptualiseren en ‘scherpstellen’ zijn twee belangrijke aspecten van een EMDR-behandeling. Het doel van deze onderdelen is om vanuit klachten en problemen die een patiënt presenteert targetherinneringen te identificeren en vervolgens voldoende lading te creëren om desensitisatie mogelijk te maken. Veel therapeuten vinden dit niet altijd gemakkelijk. In deze workshop wordt geleerd om zowel eenvoudige als efficiënte wegen te leren bewandelen om (1) een casus te conceptualiseren voor behandeling met EMDR, (2) essentiële, zogenaamde ‘touchstone’, targets te identificeren, en (3) de juiste NCs en PCs te selecteren. Aan de hand van oefeningen en diverse videofragmenten van stroef verlopende EMDR behandelingen wordt gedemonstreerd waar mogelijke valkuilen liggen. Daarnaast wordt uitgelegd hoe in moeilijke situaties, waarin het standaard protocol niet voorziet, kan worden gehandeld en hoe deze moeilijkheden op creatieve wijze kunnen worden opgelost. Deze interactieve workshop is vooral bedoeld voor therapeuten die nog geen vervolgopleiding hebben gedaan en die hun vaardigheden op EMDR gebied willen vergroten.
'Conceptualise and' focus' are two important aspects of EMDR treatment. The objective of this component is to identify complaints and problems from a patient and then target memories enough charge to create desensitization possible. Many therapists are not always easy. This workshop is taught to both simple and efficient ways to learn to walk to (1) a case to conceptualize treatment with EMDR, (2) key, so-called "touch stone", target identification, and (3) the proper NCS and PCs to select. Using various exercises and video clips of sluggish EMDR treatment is demonstrated where potential pitfalls lie. In addition, how to in difficult situations where the standard protocol is not provided, can be traded and how these problems can be solved creatively. This interactive workshop is intended primarily for therapists who have not yet done so and continuing their fields to increase skills in EMDR.
This column is devoted to statements that
were made in the workshop that should be
ingrained in the mind of every EMDR
practitioner. Since EMDR is still in the
"experimental stage" (i.e., replication studies
have not yet confiremed its efficacy, the
EMDR-trained clinicians are the frontline
spokespeople. In order to avoid misunderstandings
of untrained clinicians and
laypeople, please recall the following: EMDR is not a "cookiecutter; Reprocessing a trauma is like removing a quilt from the bed; Using EMDR is like opening a stuck faucet; Client safety is paramount; Never attempt EMDR In a nonclinical
setting; EMDR is an interface with your
clinical skills; Clients are at risk if EMDR is attempted by untrained clinicians; and Clients should not be placed at risk
without their informed consent.
A career soldier, who had fought in both Gulf wars and was suffering from PTSD and alcoholism, experienced a
severe panic attack whilst watching the opening scenes of the film “Saving Private Ryan”. After 8 sessions of
EMDR he asked if he would be able to watch the film now – without a panic attack. We decided to watch it
together and used the first five minutes of the film to shape a unique therapy session encompassing grief work,
the completion of the trauma work we had been doing with EMDR and the use of EMDR to enable him to begin
to address the imminent life stage issue of retirement from the military and how he was to make meaning for
himself from his experience. This is a case study which demonstrates the immense potential and flexibility of
EMDR if we are able to respond creatively to our clients. This session is an invitation to think about how we can
use EMDR creatively, remaining true to its protocols at the same time as being able to integrate it into our
previously existing skills and respond flexibly and appropriately to our clients needs and suggestions. It is an
example of creative and collaborative working with the client.